[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021033482A1 - Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and method for producing same, and apparatus for forming anisotropic film - Google Patents

Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and method for producing same, and apparatus for forming anisotropic film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021033482A1
WO2021033482A1 PCT/JP2020/028280 JP2020028280W WO2021033482A1 WO 2021033482 A1 WO2021033482 A1 WO 2021033482A1 JP 2020028280 W JP2020028280 W JP 2020028280W WO 2021033482 A1 WO2021033482 A1 WO 2021033482A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
dispersion composition
carbon atoms
dispersion
polymer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2020/028280
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
幸志 樫下
高橋 至郎
真嗣 綾部
慎也 栗田
佑樹 大場
拓也 村上
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
JSR Corp
Original Assignee
JSR Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by JSR Corp filed Critical JSR Corp
Priority to JP2021540682A priority Critical patent/JP7730760B2/en
Priority to CN202080045162.0A priority patent/CN114026178B/en
Publication of WO2021033482A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021033482A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J3/00Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances
    • C08J3/02Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques
    • C08J3/03Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques in aqueous media
    • C08J3/05Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques in aqueous media from solid polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J3/00Processes of treating or compounding macromolecular substances
    • C08J3/02Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques
    • C08J3/09Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques in organic liquids
    • C08J3/11Making solutions, dispersions, lattices or gels by other methods than by solution, emulsion or suspension polymerisation techniques in organic liquids from solid polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K7/00Use of ingredients characterised by shape
    • C08K7/02Fibres or whiskers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/10Printing inks based on artificial resins
    • C09D11/102Printing inks based on artificial resins containing macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions other than those only involving unsaturated carbon-to-carbon bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/16Writing inks
    • C09D11/18Writing inks specially adapted for ball-point writing instruments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/52Electrically conductive inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/24Electrically-conducting paints
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/61Additives non-macromolecular inorganic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/02Elements
    • C08K3/04Carbon
    • C08K3/041Carbon nanotubes

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a dispersion composition, a dispersant, an anisotropic film and a method for producing the same, and an anisotropic film forming apparatus.
  • Nano-order-sized substances such as nanocarbons and metal nanoparticles have excellent properties in terms of electrical properties, mechanical properties, thermal stability, etc., and their application and practical application to various fields as nanomaterials are being studied. ing. These particles are generally dispersed in a dispersion medium to utilize their function. In order to fully express the characteristics of the particles, it is desirable to uniformly disperse the particles in a dispersion medium. Therefore, various dispersion compositions containing a dispersant together with the particles have been proposed in order to suppress the aggregation of the particles and enhance the dispersibility of the particles (see, for example, Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2).
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a dispersion composition in which a polyalkylene oxide having an aryl group introduced into a side chain is used as a dispersant for dispersing nanocarbons, metal nanoparticles, inorganic fibers and organic fibers. .. Further, Patent Document 2 discloses a dispersion composition using a polyamic acid having a benzoxazole skeleton as a dispersant for dispersing carbon nanotubes.
  • the dispersant such as nanocarbons and metal nanoparticles shows good dispersibility in both aqueous and organic solvent systems
  • the use of the dispersant can be further expanded or the function can be further enhanced. It is possible.
  • a film or wiring containing the dispersion can be formed on the substrate by applying the dispersion composition in which the dispersion is dispersed in the dispersion medium to the substrate and then removing the dispersion medium from the coating liquid. is there. Further, a device provided with a film or wiring containing a dispersant is used for various purposes such as an electronic device and a display device. If the external force resistance of the member formed by the disperse is low, the performance of the device may be deteriorated. Therefore, the member is required to have high resistance to external force.
  • One object of the present invention is to provide a dispersion composition capable of obtaining the dispersion composition and a dispersant for obtaining the dispersion composition.
  • the present inventors have diligently studied to solve the above problems, and obtained polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters, and polyamic acid esters obtained by using a diamine having an ionic functional group and a diamine having no ionic functional group in combination. It has been found that the above problems can be solved by using polyimide as a polymer dispersant. That is, according to the present disclosure, the following means are provided.
  • ⁇ 1> At least one selected from the group consisting of a dispersant, a dispersion medium, a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester, and a polyimide, and derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1).
  • n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ⁇ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • n 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest.
  • a method for producing an anisotropic film which comprises a step of transferring the above-mentioned material onto a substrate.
  • a holding portion for holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion to be dispersed, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of a holding body while applying shear stress, and a dispersion composition held on the surface of the holding body.
  • An anisotropic film forming apparatus including a transfer unit for transferring an object onto a substrate.
  • a dispersion composition having good dispersibility of the dispersoid can be obtained regardless of whether an aqueous system or an organic solvent system is used as the dispersion medium. Further, by using the dispersion composition, a member having good resistance to external force can be formed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an example of a printing type shear coating device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an example of a dispenser type shear coating device.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains (A) a dispersion to be dispersed, (B) a dispersion medium, and (C) a dispersant.
  • A a dispersion to be dispersed
  • B a dispersion medium
  • C a dispersant
  • hydrocarbon group means including a chain hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • chain hydrocarbon group means a linear hydrocarbon group and a branched hydrocarbon group which do not contain a cyclic structure in the main chain and are composed only of a chain structure. However, it may be saturated or unsaturated.
  • alicyclic hydrocarbon group means a hydrocarbon group containing only the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure as the ring structure and not containing the aromatic ring structure. However, it does not have to be composed only of the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, and some of them have a chain structure.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group means a hydrocarbon group containing an aromatic ring structure as a ring structure. However, it does not have to be composed of only an aromatic ring structure, and a chain structure or an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure may be included in a part thereof.
  • organic group means a group having a hydrocarbon group, and may contain a heteroatom in the structure.
  • the dispersant is not particularly limited, but at least one selected from the group consisting of inorganic particles and organic particles can be used.
  • the shape of the object to be dispersed is also not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spherical shape, a rod shape, a fibrous shape, a flat plate shape, and a disk shape.
  • the primary particle size of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 200 nm or less.
  • the primary particle size of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 2 nm or more, and further preferably 5 nm or more.
  • the "primary particle size of the object to be dispersed" referred to here is a value obtained by measuring the d50 value by a laser diffraction / scattering method.
  • Examples of the inorganic particles contained in the dispersion composition of the present disclosure include carbon, metal particles, semimetal particles, silica, inorganic salts, quantum dots and the like. Specific examples of these include, for example, carbon black, carbon fiber, carbon nanotube, graphite, fullerene, carbon nanohorn, etc. as carbon; for example, metal simple substance, metal oxide, metal carbide, metal nitride, etc.
  • silica for example, wet silica (hydrous silicic acid), dry silica (silicic anhydride), colloidal silica, precipitated silica, silicic acid, etc.
  • inorganic salts for example, sulfates (calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, etc.), carbonates (calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, etc.), phosphoric acid Salts (calcium phosphate, etc.) and the like;
  • quantum dots include perovskite quantum dots, carbon-based quantum dots, lead sulfide quantum dots, and the like.
  • the carbon fiber includes carbon nanofiber.
  • Carbon nanotubes include single-walled carbon nanotubes, double-walled carbon nanotubes, and multi-walled carbon nanotubes. Further, the carbon nanotube may be composed of only carbon , or may have a part of the structure substituted or chemically modified with another element, and may be a metal (for example, gold, silver, copper, aluminum). , Nickel, cobalt, titanium, platinum, etc.).
  • metal particles include metal elements such as gold, silver, copper, zinc, aluminum, tin, nickel, palladium, platinum, cobalt, iron, manganese, chromium, molybdenum, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, yttrium, cerium. Particles can be mentioned. Specific examples of these include a single metal composed of the metal element; copper oxide, aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, barium titanate, bismuth oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, cobalt oxide, indium oxide, and oxidation.
  • metal elements such as gold, silver, copper, zinc, aluminum, tin, nickel, palladium, platinum, cobalt, iron, manganese, chromium, molybdenum, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, yttrium, cerium.
  • Particles can be mentioned. Specific examples of these include a single metal composed of the metal element; copper oxide, aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, barium titan
  • Metal oxides such as indium tin, zirconium oxide, yttrium oxide, tin oxide, indium oxide-gallium oxide-zinc oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, indium tin oxide; metal carbides such as titanium carbide; titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride ( Titanium black), metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride, and the like.
  • metal particles one type can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • the metalloid particles include particles containing a metalloid element such as boron and silicon. Specific examples of these include a single metalloid composed of the metalloid element; a metal oxide such as silicon dioxide; a metal carbide such as boron carbide and silicon carbide; and a metal nitride such as boron nitride and silicon nitride. ..
  • the semimetal particles one type can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.
  • at least one selected from the group consisting of metal particles and semimetal particles can be preferably used as the dispersant.
  • organic particles examples include organic pigments, dichroic pigments, pigment aggregates, proteins, nucleic acids, viruses and the like. Specific examples of these include organic pigments such as anthraquinone pigments, monoazo pigments, diazo pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, quinacridone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, dioxazine pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, flavantron pigments, indantron pigments, indolinone pigments, and thioindigo.
  • organic pigments such as anthraquinone pigments, monoazo pigments, diazo pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, quinacridone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, dioxazine pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, flavantron pigments, indantron pigments, indolinone pigments, and thioindigo.
  • J-aggregates such as pyrolopyrrole pigments, acene pigments, and squarylium pigments
  • H-aggregates such as oxazole yellow pigments, thiazole orange pigments, cyanine pigments, and azo pigments.
  • inorganic particles can be preferably used as the dispersant, and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and metal particles can be particularly preferably used.
  • the dispersant at least one selected from the group consisting of rod-shaped nanostructures and rod-shaped molecules can be preferably used.
  • the rod-shaped molecule include a dichroic dye and the like
  • examples of the rod-shaped nanostructure include a dye aggregate, a quantum rod, a metal nanorod, a carbon nanotube, a protein, a nucleic acid, a virus and the like.
  • the dispersant is at least one selected from the group consisting of rod-shaped nanostructures and rod-shaped molecules
  • inorganic particles can be preferably used as the dispersant, and carbon nanotubes and metal nanorods are particularly preferably used. be able to.
  • the content ratio of the dispersion to be dispersed in the dispersion composition can be appropriately set according to the type of the dispersion to be dispersed.
  • the content ratio of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition.
  • the content of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition.
  • the dispersant one of the above can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content ratio of the dispersant in the dispersion composition is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition when the disperse is metal particles or semimetal particles. Is 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more.
  • the content of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition.
  • the content ratio of the dispersant in the dispersion composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, and further, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition. It is preferably 0.03% by mass or more.
  • the content of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure is a composition in which (A) the dispersant is dispersed in (B) a dispersion medium.
  • the dispersion medium is a liquid and includes water, an organic solvent, and a mixed solvent of water and an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent used as the dispersion medium is not particularly limited, and for example, an alcohol solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, an aprotonic polar solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, or a hydrocarbon solvent. Examples include solvents.
  • alcohol-based solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and the like.
  • ketone solvent examples include cyclobutanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl-n-propyl ketone, methyl-n-butyl ketone, diethyl ketone, di-n-butyl ketone, methyl-i-butyl ketone, and the like.
  • ether-based solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), diethylene glycol diethyl ether (DEDG), diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol-n-.
  • Partial ethers of valent alcohols Partial ethers of valent alcohols; partial esters of polyhydric alcohols such as diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran;
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, sec-butyl acetate, t-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, and propion.
  • aprotic polar solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-1-imidazolidinone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -butyrolactam, N, N-dimethylformamide.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon solvent for example, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, trichloroethane and the like;
  • hydrocarbon solvent include hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, toluene, xylene and the like.
  • these organic solvents can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the dispersion medium may be an organic solvent system or an aqueous system.
  • the water system is preferably used because of its low environmental load and the like.
  • the proportion of water used is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 75% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the (B) dispersion medium contained in the dispersion composition. More preferably, it is 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably.
  • the organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent soluble in water, but preferably an organic solvent having a boiling point lower than that of water. Yes, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, acetone and tetrahydrofuran.
  • the content ratio of the organic solvent in the dispersion composition is 50% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the mixed solvent of water and the organic solvent. It is preferable, it is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains a polymer [P] as a dispersant.
  • the polymer [P] is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester and polyimide, and is a structural unit U1 derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1). , A polymer having a structural unit U2 derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the diamine compound [D1].
  • n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ⁇ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • n 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest.
  • the structural unit U1 is a structural unit obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from each of the two primary amino groups of the diamine compound [D1].
  • the monovalent group having an ionic functional group is "* -L 1- X 1 " (where L 1 is a single bond or a divalent linking group. Yes, X 1 is an ionic functional group.
  • L 1 is a divalent linking group
  • specific examples of L 1 include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a group containing —O— between carbon-carbon bonds of the alkanediyl group.
  • -OR 13 -** (however, R 13 is a divalent hydrocarbon group, and "**" indicates a bond that binds to X 1) and the like.
  • R 13 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the ionic functional group is a functional group that forms a cation or an anion in water.
  • the ionic functional group is not particularly limited, but is a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, an ammonium group, a pyridinium group, and an imidazole group in that the solubility of the polymer [P] in a solvent containing water can be further increased. It is preferably a urium group or a guanidinium group, or a salt thereof.
  • the ionic functional group may be either an acidic functional group or a basic functional group, but is preferably an acidic functional group.
  • the ionic functional group is preferably a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group or a carboxylic acid group, or a salt thereof, and particularly preferably a sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof.
  • examples of the counter ion of the acidic functional group include Li + , Na + , and the like.
  • Q represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • t represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • L 1 can be appropriately selected depending on the type of the ionic functional group.
  • the ionic functional group is a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group or a carboxylic acid group, or a salt thereof
  • L 1 is preferably a single bond.
  • the ionic functional group is an ammonium group, a pyridinium group, an imidazolium group or a guanidinium group, or a salt thereof
  • L 1 is preferably a divalent linking group, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alcandiyl group.
  • the number of ionic functional groups in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited.
  • the number of monovalent groups having an ionic functional group among R 1 to R 8 ) is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the monovalent organic group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a boron atom and an iodine atom.
  • diamine compound [D1] examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (d-1) to (d-16).
  • the content ratio of the structural unit U1 in the polymer [P] is possessed by the polymer [P] in that the dispersibility of the compound to be dispersed (particularly, the dispersibility in the aqueous dispersion medium) can be sufficiently ensured. It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the structural units derived from the diamine compound. Is particularly preferred.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit U1 is such that the dispersibility of the dispersoid (particularly, the dispersibility of the organic solvent system in the dispersion medium) can be improved, and when CNT is used as the dispersant, the CNT film is used.
  • the volume resistivity of the polymer [P] is preferably 99.5 mol% or less, and 99 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the structural units derived from the diamine compound. Is more preferable, 98 mol% or less is further preferable, and 85 mol% or less is particularly preferable.
  • the diamine compound [D1] may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the structural unit U2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a structural unit derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the diamine compound [D1].
  • the diamine compound [D2] include aliphatic diamines, alicyclic diamines, aromatic diamines, and diaminoorganosiloxane.
  • the molecular chain of the polymer [P] has a rigid and highly uniaxial linear structure, and the stacking interaction between the molecules facilitates in-plane orientation of the polymer [P], thereby making it a dispersant.
  • the diamine compound [D2] is preferably an aromatic diamine from the viewpoint of increasing the dispersibility of the diamine.
  • diamine compound [D2] examples include, as aliphatic diamines, metaxylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,3-bis (aminomethyl). Cyclohexane and the like; as an alicyclic diamine, for example, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4'-methylenebis (cyclohexylamine) and the like;
  • aromatic diamines for example, paraphenylenediamine, metaphenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4-aminophenyl-4'-aminobenzoate, 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene, 1,5-bis (4-amino).
  • the diamine compound [D] is preferably a side chain diamine.
  • the diamine compound [D] preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula (2), and more preferably an aromatic diamine having a partial structure represented by the following formula (2). preferable. * -L 1- R 1- R 2- R 3- R 4 ...
  • L 1 represents a single bond, -O -, - CO -, - COO- * 1, -OCO- * 1, -NR 5 -, - NR 5 -CO- * 1, -CO -NR 5- * 1 , alkanediyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -OR 6- * 1 , or -R 6 -O- * 1 (where R 5 is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms It is a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and R 6 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. “* 1 ” indicates that it is a bond with R 1. ). R 1 and R.
  • R 3 is an independently single-bonded, substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group, and R 2 is a single-bonded, substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • cycloalkylene group or -R 7 -B 1 -R 8 - (provided that, R 7 and R 8 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group or a cycloalkylene group, B 1 is a single bond, -O-, -COO- * 2 , -OCO- * 2 , -OCH 2- * 2 , -CH 2 O- * 2 , or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. "* 2 " is It indicates that it is a bond with R 8.
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and CH 3 COO- * 3 (“* 3 ” is a bond with R 3).
  • R 4 is an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and a fluoroalkoxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a cyano group of the alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms,
  • R 4 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 4 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent bonded to the ring of the substituted phenylene group and the substituted cycloalkylene group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group.
  • the number of substituents of each of the substituted phenylene group and the substituted cycloalkylene group is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • R 4 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R 4 is linear.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more.
  • the group represented by the above formula (2) has at least one ring of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in that excellent dispersibility is exhibited even when the amount of the polymer [P] blended is smaller.
  • R 4 has a steroid skeleton, and the total ring structure of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is two or more, or R 4 has a steroid skeleton. It is more preferable to have it, and it is further preferable to have a steroid skeleton.
  • the group represented by the above formula (2) is diamino in the diamine compound [D2] in that the in-plane orientation of the polymer [P] can be made higher and the dispersibility of the dispersion to be dispersed can be made higher.
  • An aromatic diamine bonded to a phenyl group that is, a compound represented by the following formula (3) is particularly preferable.
  • the bonding positions of the two primary amino groups are not particularly limited, and for example, the 2,4-position, 2,5-position, and 3,5-position with respect to the group represented by the above formula (2). Is. (In formula (3), L 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are synonymous with the above formula (2).)
  • diamine compound [D2] examples include hexanoxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, heptanoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecanoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, pentadecanoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, and hexadecanoxy-.
  • R I is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • R II is a single bond or an alkanediyl group having a carbon number of 1-3
  • R6 is hydrogen, 1 to 20 carbon atoms It is an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, where a is an integer of 0 to 2 and b is 0 to 2. It is an integer and d is 0 or 1. However, a and b cannot be 0 at the same time.) Examples thereof include compounds represented by.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit U2 in the polymer [P] is such that the dispersibility of the dispersant (particularly, the dispersibility of the organic solvent system in the dispersion medium) can be sufficiently ensured. It is preferably 0.5 mol% or more, and more preferably 1 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the structural units derived from the diamine compound (that is, the total amount of the structural unit U1 and the structural unit U2). Preferably, it is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 15 mol% or more.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit U2 is a structural unit derived from the diamine compound of the polymer [P] in that the dispersibility of the dispersant (particularly, the dispersibility in the aqueous dispersion medium) can be improved. It is preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, further preferably 80 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the above.
  • the diamine compound [D2] may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymer [P] is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester and polyimide.
  • the polymer [P] uses, for example, at least one tetracarboxylic acid derivative selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid diester and tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide, and a diamine compound as a raw material composition. It can be obtained by the polymerization.
  • polyamic acid When the polymer [P] is a polyamic acid, the polyamic acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “polyamic acid [P]”) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. ..
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polymer [P] is not particularly limited, and is, for example, an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. You can mention things.
  • aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride
  • alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride examples include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-di).
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in JP-A-2010-97188 can be used.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polymer [P] has a structure in which the molecular chain of the polymer [P] is rigid and highly uniaxially linear, so that the polymer [P] can be easily oriented in the plane. Therefore, among the above, the compound has a partial structure represented by each of the following formulas (t-1) to (t-21) (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride"). preferable.
  • “*" indicates a bond that binds to the carbonyl group of the acid anhydride group (-CO-O-CO-).
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride is the tetracarboxylic dianhydride contained in the polymer [P] from the viewpoint of increasing the dispersibility of the dispersant. It is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 50 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the structural unit derived from.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride shall be 100 mol% or less with respect to the total amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride contained in the polymer [P]. Can be done.
  • the tetracarboxylic dianhydride one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the tetracarboxylic acid derivative used for the synthesis of the polymer [P] has a structure in which the molecular chain of the polymer [P] is rigid and highly uniaxially linear, and facilitates in-plane orientation of the polymer [P] (riotropic liquid crystal). It is preferable to contain an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative in that the dispersibility of the dispersant can be further enhanced, and the above formulas (t-1) to (t-6) are used. It is particularly preferable to contain an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative having the represented partial structure.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative in the polymer [P] is 20 mol% or more with respect to the total amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid derivative contained in the polymer [P]. It is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • one aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative may be used alone or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the polyamic acid [P] can be obtained by reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride as described above with a diamine compound, if necessary, with a molecular weight modifier.
  • the ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the synthesis reaction of the polyamic acid [P] is such that the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is used with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of the diamine compound. , 0.2 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.3 to 1.2 equivalents.
  • the above reaction may be carried out after neutralizing by adding a base.
  • a base a tertiary amine is preferable, and triethylamine is particularly preferable.
  • the ratio of the base used is preferably 0.5 to 5 equivalents with respect to the acidic functional group, and more preferably 1 to 2 equivalents.
  • the above reaction may be carried out after neutralization by adding an acid.
  • a carboxylic acid is preferable.
  • the ratio of the acid used is preferably 0.5 to 5 equivalents with respect to the basic functional group, and more preferably 1 to 2 equivalents.
  • the molecular weight adjusting agent examples include acid monoanhydrides such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride and itaconic anhydride, monoamine compounds such as aniline, cyclohexylamine and n-butylamine, and monoisocyanate compounds such as phenylisocyanate and naphthylisocyanate. Can be mentioned.
  • the ratio of the molecular weight adjusting agent used is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine used.
  • the synthetic reaction of polyamic acid [P] is preferably carried out in an organic solvent.
  • the reaction temperature at this time is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 0 to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 24 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 12 hours.
  • organic solvent used in the reaction examples include aprotic polar solvents, phenolic solvents, alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, and hydrocarbons.
  • organic solvents one or more selected from the group consisting of aprotonic polar solvents and phenolic solvents (organic solvents of the first group), or one or more selected from the organic solvents of the first group. It is preferable to use a mixture of one or more selected from the group consisting of alcohol, ketone, ester, ether, halogenated hydrocarbon and hydrocarbon (organic solvent of the second group).
  • the ratio of the organic solvent used in the second group to the total amount of the organic solvent in the first group and the organic solvent in the second group is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass. It is less than or equal to, more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • organic solvents are N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, ⁇ -butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, hexamethylphosphortriamide, m-cresol, xylenol. It is preferable to use one or more selected from the group consisting of and halogenated phenol as a solvent, or to use a mixture of one or more of these and another organic solvent in the above ratio range.
  • the amount of the organic solvent used (a) is such that the total amount (b) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine is 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total amount (a + b) of the reaction solution. Is preferable.
  • polyamic acid ester When the polymer [P] is a polyamic acid ester, the polyamic acid ester (hereinafter, also referred to as “polyamic acid ester [P]”) is, for example, [I] the polyamic acid [P] obtained by the above polymerization reaction. ] And an esterifying agent, [II] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine, [III] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide with a diamine, and the like.
  • the polyamic acid ester [P] may have only the amic acid ester structure, or the amic acid structure and the amic acid ester structure may coexist.
  • polyimide When the polymer [P] is a polyimide, the polyimide (hereinafter, also referred to as "polyimide [P]”) dehydrates the polyamic acid [P] or the polyamic acid ester [P] synthesized as described above. It can be obtained by ring closure and imidization.
  • the polyimide [P] may be a completely imidized product obtained by dehydrating and closing all of the amic acid structure or the amic acid ester structure of the polyamic acid [P] or the polyamic acid ester [P] which is the precursor thereof.
  • the imidization ratio of polyimide [P] is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 75% or more, and more preferably 85% or more in order to sufficiently increase the dispersibility of the dispersoid. Is more preferable, and 90% or more is particularly preferable. This imidization ratio is expressed as a percentage of the ratio of the number of imide ring structures to the total number of amic acid structures and amic acid ester structures of polyimide and the number of imide ring structures.
  • Dehydration ring closure to obtain polyimide [P] is preferably done by heating the polyamic acid, or by dissolving the polyamic acid in an organic solvent and adding at least one of a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring closure catalyst to this solution. It is carried out by a method of heating according to the above.
  • an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, or trifluoroacetic anhydride can be used as the dehydrating agent.
  • the amount of the dehydrating agent used is preferably 0.01 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the amic acid structure of the polyamic acid.
  • a base catalyst such as pyridine, triethylamine and 1-methylpiperidin
  • an acid catalyst such as methanesulfonic acid and benzoic acid can be used.
  • the amount of the dehydration ring closure catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol with respect to 1 mol of the dehydrating agent used.
  • the organic solvent used for the dehydration ring closure reaction include organic solvents exemplified as those used for the synthesis of polyamic acid [P].
  • the reaction temperature of the dehydration ring closure reaction is preferably 0 to 200 ° C, more preferably 10 to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is preferably 1.0 to 120 hours, more preferably 2.0 to 30 hours.
  • the reaction solution containing the polymer [P] may be used as it is for the preparation of the dispersion composition, or the polymer [P] contained in the reaction solution may be isolated and then used for the preparation of the dispersion composition. Alternatively, the isolated polymer [P] may be purified and then subjected to preparation of a dispersion composition. Isolation and purification of the polymer [P] can be carried out according to a known method.
  • the polymer [P] obtained as described above preferably has a solution viscosity of 10 to 2000 mPa ⁇ s, preferably 20 to 1000 mPa ⁇ s, when a solution having a concentration of 10% by mass is used. It is more preferable that it has a solution viscosity.
  • the solution viscosity (mPa ⁇ s) of the polymer was 25 by using an E-type rotational viscometer for a polymer solution having a concentration of 10% by mass prepared using a good solvent (for example, water) of the polymer. It is a value measured at ° C.
  • the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer [P] measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000. Is.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) represented by the ratio of Mw to the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) measured by GPC is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less.
  • carbon nanotubes which are one of the dispersoids, have excellent properties in terms of conductivity, heat resistance, toughness, weight reduction, and the like.
  • carbon nanotubes have high cohesiveness and are difficult to be uniformly dispersed in both aqueous and organic solvent-based dispersion media.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains the polymer [P] as a dispersant, so that the dispersibility of carbon nanotubes is high and excellent in both aqueous and organic solvent systems. Further, by using a dispersion composition containing carbon nanotubes and a polymer [P], a film and wiring having excellent conductivity can be formed.
  • the content ratio of the polymer [P] in the dispersion composition is 2% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the dispersion to be dispersed and the polymer [P] from the viewpoint of sufficiently ensuring the dispersibility of the dispersion to be dispersed. It is preferable, it is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 10% by mass or more. Further, the content ratio of the polymer [P] is 99.5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the dispersion to be dispersed and the polymer [P] from the viewpoint of sufficiently obtaining the function of the dispersion to be dispersed. It is preferably 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 99% by mass or less.
  • the content ratio of the polymer [P] in the dispersion composition is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the dispersion medium and the polymer [P]. According to the polymer [P], it is preferable in that it exhibits high dispersibility of the dispersion to be dispersed at a relatively low polymer concentration. Further, since the viscosity of the dispersion composition can be lowered, the coatability when forming a coating film on the substrate is good, and a thin film of about 0.1 ⁇ m can be produced, which is excellent in industrial productivity.
  • the content ratio of the polymer [P] is more preferably 0.1 to 25% by mass, still more preferably 0.2 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the dispersion medium and the polymer [P]. is there.
  • the solid content concentration of the dispersion composition (that is, the ratio of the total mass of the components other than the dispersion medium of the dispersion composition to the total mass of the dispersion composition) is appropriately selected in consideration of the viscosity and the volatility of the dispersion medium. However, it is preferably in the range of 1 to 70% by mass, more preferably in the range of 3 to 50% by mass, and further preferably in the range of 5 to 40% by mass.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure may be applied to the surface of a substrate and preferably used in the form of forming a coating film by removing the dispersion medium.
  • the film thickness of the coating film does not become too thin, and it becomes easy to form a coating film containing a dispersion.
  • the solid content concentration is 70% by mass or less, the film thickness of the coating film does not become excessive and it becomes easy to form a high-quality coating film.
  • the viscosity of the dispersion composition does not become too high, and deterioration of coatability can be suppressed.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains a dispersant different from the polymer [P] as a dispersant (hereinafter, also referred to as “other dispersant”) as long as the purpose and effect of the present disclosure are not impaired. You may be.
  • the content ratio of the other dispersant is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersant contained in the dispersion composition. It is more preferable to have.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains (A) a dispersant, (B) a dispersion medium, and other components other than (C) a dispersant within a range that does not interfere with the purpose and effect of the present disclosure. May be good.
  • examples of other components include surfactants, fillers, pigments, defoamers, sensitizers, antioxidants, adhesion aids, antistatic agents, leveling agents, antibacterial agents and the like.
  • the content ratio of other components can be appropriately set according to each compound to be blended within a range that does not interfere with the effects of the present disclosure.
  • the method for preparing the dispersion composition is not particularly limited, and the dispersion composition can be prepared according to a known method. For example, it can be prepared by mixing the dispersant, the dispersion medium, and the dispersant, and heating, stirring, or the like as necessary.
  • the temperature at which the dispersion composition is prepared is preferably 5 to 90 ° C, more preferably 10 to 65 ° C.
  • the treatment of mixing the dispersant, the dispersion medium, and the dispersant may be performed using, for example, a homogenizer or a bead mill.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure aggregation of the object to be dispersed is suppressed by using the polymer [P] as the polymer dispersant, whereby the object to be dispersed is stably dispersed in the dispersion medium.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure By applying the dispersion composition of the present disclosure on a substrate and preferably heating to remove the dispersion medium, a coating film containing a dispersion can be formed on the substrate. It is also possible to use the dispersion composition of the present disclosure as it is or by mixing it with another dispersion liquid in a liquid state.
  • the dispersion composition of the present disclosure can be used for various purposes depending on the type of the dispersion to be dispersed. Specifically, transparent conductive film, antistatic film, insulating film, protective film, antireflection film, coloring film, field effect transistor (FET), touch panel, conductive ink, paint, printing ink, ink for inkjet coating, etc. Can be used for.
  • transparent conductive film, antistatic film, insulating film, protective film, antireflection film, coloring film, field effect transistor (FET), touch panel conductive ink, paint, printing ink, ink for inkjet coating, etc.
  • the compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (L)”) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound exhibiting liotropic liquid crystallinity, but is preferably a polymer, and is a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester, and a polyimide. It is preferably at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of.
  • the compound (L) is particularly preferably a polymer having a structural unit U1 derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1).
  • the description of the diamine compound [D1] of the first embodiment can be applied.
  • n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ⁇ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest.
  • the compound (L) may be a polymer in which all the structural units constituting the compound (L) are the structural unit U1, and is a polymer [P] further having a structural unit U2) different from the structural unit U1. You may.
  • the description of the first embodiment can be applied to the description of the structural unit U2 and the polymer [P].
  • the description of the first embodiment can be applied to the description of the anhydride, the polymerization method, and the like for the tetracarboxylic acid used for the synthesis of the compound (L).
  • the holding body for holding the dispersion composition is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include rotating bodies made of resin, rubber, metal, etc .; flat plates and the like.
  • the holder is preferably a rotating body.
  • the dispersion composition is made to hold the holding body by supplying the dispersion composition to the holding body while applying shear stress.
  • the stress generator is placed at a position facing the surface of the holding body, and the dispersion composition is supplied so that the dispersion composition passes between the rotating body and the stress generator. At this time, shear stress is applied to the dispersion composition by making the moving speed of the surface of the holding body different from the moving speed of the surface of the stress generating body.
  • the surface of the stress generating body may move in the same direction as the moving direction of the holding body surface (rotating direction when the holding body is a rotating body), and moves in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the holding body surface. May be good.
  • the stress generator may be, for example, a housing or a blade, and may be a member whose position is fixed.
  • the amount of the dispersion composition to be retained on the surface of the retainer can be appropriately adjusted according to the size of the gap between the surface of the retainer and the surface of the stress generator.
  • the gap is, for example, 0.01 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the stress generator also functions as a holding amount adjusting unit for adjusting the amount of the dispersion composition held on the surface of the holding body.
  • the dispersion composition is applied to the flat plate as the retainer while applying shear stress to form a coating film, thereby forming the dispersion composition on the retainer. May be retained.
  • the dispersion composition retained on the surface of the retainer is transferred onto the substrate.
  • the base material include glass such as float glass and soda glass; and a transparent base material made of plastic such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether sulfone, polycarbonate, and poly (aliphatic olefin).
  • the dispersion composition can be transferred to the substrate by bringing the dispersion composition on the surface of the retainer into contact with the substrate and preferably moving the substrate relative to the retainer. When the dispersion composition is transferred to the substrate, the transfer may be performed by pressing the retainer from the side opposite to the retainer across the substrate at a position facing the retainer.
  • An anisotropic film can be formed on the base material by preferably heating the coating film transferred to the base material.
  • the heating temperature at this time is, for example, 30 to 180 ° C, more preferably 40 to 150 ° C.
  • the heating time is, for example, 1 to 30 minutes.
  • the film thickness of the anisotropic film formed is preferably 0.05 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure includes a holding portion for holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion object, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of the holding body while applying shear stress, and a holding body.
  • a transfer unit for transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface onto the substrate is provided.
  • the shear coating device 10 is a roll coater type, and includes a coating roll 11, a doctor roll 12, and a backup roll 13.
  • the coating roll 11 is a rotating body whose surface layer portion is, for example, a rubber layer, and the dispersion composition 20 is applied to the surface thereof.
  • the doctor roll 12 is, for example, a metal rotating body, and is arranged at a position facing the coating roll 11.
  • the dispersion composition 20 is supplied to the gap between the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12, so that the dispersion composition 20 is applied to the surface of the coating roll 11 to form a coating film.
  • the doctor roll 12 adjusts the coating amount (that is, the film thickness) on the surface of the coating roll 11 by scraping off the excess dispersion composition on the surface of the coating roll 11.
  • the coating amount can be adjusted by adjusting the size of the gap between the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12, the rotation speed of the doctor roll 12, the viscosity of the dispersion composition 20, and the like.
  • the rotation directions of the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 may be the same or opposite to each other.
  • the rotation direction of the coating roll 11 and the rotation direction of the doctor roll 12 are the same direction.
  • the rotation speed V2 is faster than the rotation speed V1, for example.
  • At least one of the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 may be rotatable in the forward and reverse directions.
  • the coating roll 11 corresponds to the "retainer" and the doctor roll 12 corresponds to the "stress generator".
  • the backup roll 13 is arranged at a position opposite to the coating roll 11 with respect to the transport path of the base material 30 and facing the coating roll 11.
  • the arrows in FIG. 1 indicate the moving direction of the base material 30.
  • the backup roll 13 presses the base material 30 from the surface of the base material 30 opposite to the coated surface.
  • the coating film on the surface of the coating roll 11 becomes the surface of the base material 30 at the contact portion 19 between the coating roll 11 and the base material 30.
  • the anisotropic film 21 is formed on the surface of the base material 30.
  • a coating film made of the dispersion composition 20 is formed on the surface of the coating roll 11.
  • shear stress is applied to the dispersion composition 20 by the rotation of the doctor roll 12, and the coating roll 11 is subjected to shear stress.
  • the excess dispersion composition 20 on the surface is scraped off. Due to this shear stress, in the coating film composed of the dispersion composition 20, the compound (L) in the coating film is uniaxially oriented, and the dispersion to be dispersed is arranged along the molecular chain of the compound (L).
  • the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 rotate in the same direction from each other in that a sufficient shear stress can be applied to the coating film made of the dispersion composition 20. After that, the coating film formed on the surface of the coating roll 11 is transferred at the contact portion 19 with the base material 30 on the coating roll 11, so that the anisotropic film 21 is formed on the base material 30.
  • a dispersion composition containing the compound (L) as a dispersant is applied onto the coating roll 11 while applying shear stress to form a coating film, and then the coating film is applied to the base material 30.
  • An anisotropic film was formed on the base material 30 by transferring it onto the substrate 30. According to this configuration, as compared with the case where the anisotropic film is directly formed on the base material by including the step of transferring the coating film temporarily formed on the coating roll 11 as the retainer to the base material 30.
  • An anisotropic film having excellent various characteristics such as conductivity anisotropy, polarization absorption characteristics, heat transfer anisotropy, and degas resistance can be obtained.
  • the coating roll 11 which is a rotating body as the holding body, it is preferable in that the effect of improving various characteristics can be enhanced.
  • the contact portion 18 in which the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 come into contact with each other via the layer of the dispersion composition 20 corresponds to a "holding portion for holding the dispersion composition on the surface of the holding body while applying shear stress”.
  • the contact portion 19 of the coating roll 11 with the base material 30 corresponds to a “transfer portion for transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface of the retainer onto the base material”.
  • the shear coating device 100 is a ballpoint pen type coating device, and includes a main body 101 and a ball 102.
  • the main body 101 is an elongated tubular body, and a housing 103 for accommodating the dispersion composition 200 is formed inside the main body 101.
  • a ball holding portion 104 for rotatably holding the ball 102 is provided at the tip portion of the main body portion 101 in the axial direction.
  • a slight gap is formed between the ball holding portion 104 and the circumferential surface of the ball 102, and the dispersion composition 200 filled in the accommodating portion 103 can enter the gap.
  • the balls 102 of the shear coating device 100 and the base material 30 are brought into contact with each other, and the shear coating device 100 is brought into contact with the base material 30. Is relatively moved (for example, in the A direction in FIG. 2). As a result, the balls 102 rotate, and along with the rotation, the dispersion composition 200 filled in the accommodating portion 103 adheres to the surface of the balls 102. At that time, in the contact portion 105 in which the balls 102 and the ball holding portion 104 come into contact with each other through the layer of the dispersion composition 20, shear stress is applied from the ball accommodating portion 104 to the dispersion composition 20 by the rotation of the balls 102.
  • the compound (L) in the dispersion composition is uniaxially oriented, and the dispersion to be dispersed is arranged along the molecular chain of the compound (L).
  • the coating film formed on the surface of the ball 102 is transferred at the contact portion 106 with the base material 30, so that the anisotropic film 201 is formed on the base material 30.
  • the arrow B indicates the direction in which the dispersion composition 200 in the accommodating portion 103 moves in a state where the anisotropic film 201 is formed on the surface of the base material 30 by the shear coating device 100. ..
  • an anisotropic film having excellent various properties can be easily formed on the base material 30. Further, even when forming an anisotropic film having a narrow width such as wiring, the shear coating device 100 is moved with respect to the base material 30 while the balls 102 are in contact with the base material 30. It is excellent in that the anisotropic film 201 can be formed on the material 30.
  • the contact portion 105 in which the balls 102 and the ball holding portion 104 come into contact with each other via the layer of the dispersion composition 20 corresponds to "a holding portion that holds the dispersion composition on the surface of the holder while applying shear stress".
  • the contact portion 106 of the ball 102 with the base material 30 corresponds to a “transfer portion for transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface of the holding body onto the base material”.
  • the ball 102 corresponds to the "holding body”
  • the ball accommodating portion 104 corresponds to the "stress generating body”.
  • the material exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity is applied to a base material while applying shear stress by using a slit coating method, a bar coating method, or the like, thereby forming a coating film in which the material exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity is uniaxially oriented.
  • a coating film is formed on a base material by the slit coating method or the bar coating method, for example, the hydrophobic groups are oriented at a polar angle due to the influence of highly hydrophobic air on the contact surface side with air. It is conceivable that the orientation is easily disturbed on the contact surface side with air, and the anisotropy is lowered, so that the desired characteristics cannot be sufficiently obtained.
  • the slit coating method and the bar coating method make it difficult to form a coating film on a substrate having insufficient wettability, or it is difficult to coat a deformed substrate or a curved substrate. There may be.
  • the anisotropic film obtained by the method for producing an anisotropic film and the anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure is, for example, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a piezoelectric film, an anisotropic conductive film, or anisotropic heat. It can be used as various anisotropic films such as a conductive film and an anisotropic magnetic film.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw and the imidization rate of the polymer were measured by the following methods.
  • the required amounts of the raw material compounds and polymers used in the following examples were secured by repeating the synthesis on the synthetic scale shown in the following synthesis examples as necessary.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw is a polystyrene-equivalent value measured by GPC under the following conditions.
  • Imidization rate of polymer A solution containing polyimide is put into pure water, the obtained precipitate is sufficiently dried under reduced pressure at room temperature, dissolved in deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide, and 1 H-NMR is measured at room temperature using tetramethylsilane as a reference substance. did.
  • polymer (PI-1) After adding 250 g of NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution, 46.4 g of pyridine and 36.0 g of acetic anhydride were added, and the mixture was reacted at 110 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the reaction product. The recovered precipitate was washed with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain 45 g of polyimide (hereinafter referred to as polymer (PI-1)). The imidization rate of the obtained polymer (PI-1) was 99%.
  • Polyimides (polymers (PI-2) to (PI-6)) are the same as in Synthesis Example 2 except that the types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the reaction are changed as shown in Table 1 below. (Pi-1) and (pi-2)) were obtained. The imidization ratio of each polyimide is also shown in Table 1 below.
  • a polyamic acid (polymer (paa-1)) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the reaction were changed as shown in Table 1 below.
  • the numerical values in Table 1 indicate the ratio (mol%) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction to the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction, and for the diamine compound, the diamine compound used in the reaction.
  • the abbreviations of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in Table 1 are as follows.
  • Example 1 (1) Preparation of dispersion composition 400 parts by mass of distilled water as a solvent is placed in a container containing 5 parts by mass of multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWNT) and 95 parts by mass of the polymer (PI-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. added. Then, ultrasonic dispersion was performed for 10 minutes to prepare a dispersion composition (S-1).
  • MWNT multiwall carbon nanotubes
  • the evaluation is "best ( ⁇ )” if the initial dispersion state is maintained after 1 week, “excellent ( ⁇ )” if the initial dispersion state is maintained until 3 days later, and the initial dispersion state until 1 day later. “Good ( ⁇ )” if the condition is maintained, “Yes ( ⁇ )” if the initial dispersion state is maintained until 3 hours later, and “Poor ( ⁇ )” if sedimentation or aggregation is observed after 3 hours. And said. As a result, the CNT dispersibility (organic solvent system) of this dispersion composition was “possible ( ⁇ )".
  • volume resistivity The dispersion composition (S-1) was applied and dried on a glass substrate in the same manner as in (4) above except that the gap of the blade was changed, and formed into a film (thickness: about 20 ⁇ m). Specimen was obtained. Next, the volume resistivity of the obtained test piece was measured by the 4-terminal method. The volume resistivity was calculated from the surface resistivity and the film thickness using the following mathematical formula (5). Further, in the measurement, the measurement was performed 5 times while changing the measurement location, and the average value was evaluated as the volume resistivity.
  • volume resistivity ( ⁇ ⁇ m) Surface resistivity ( ⁇ ) ⁇ Film thickness ( ⁇ m)... (5)
  • the volume resistivity of the film obtained by using this dispersion composition (S-1) was 1000 ⁇ ⁇ m (0.1 ⁇ ⁇ cm). It can be said that the lower the volume resistivity, the higher the conductivity.
  • the dispersion composition (S-1) was applied and dried on a glass substrate in the same manner as in (4) above except that the dispersion composition was spray-coated, and the thickness was 0.5 ⁇ m.
  • a substrate with carbon nanotubes was produced by forming the coating film of the above on a glass substrate.
  • the obtained substrate (hereinafter referred to as "adhesion evaluation test piece") was observed with a microscope (magnification: 10 times), and the substrate adhesion was evaluated by evaluating the volume resistivity.
  • the evaluation is "excellent ( ⁇ )” when all of the following criteria 1, 2, and 3 are met, and “excellent ( ⁇ )” when criteria 1 and 2 are met but criteria 3 are not met. , Criteria 1 is satisfied but Criterion 2 is not met, “Good ( ⁇ )", Criterion 2 is met, but Criterion 1 is not met, “Yes ( ⁇ )”, and both Criterion 1 and Criterion 2 are satisfied. The case where there is no such thing is regarded as "defective (x)".
  • Criterion 1 No cracks are observed when the test piece for adhesion evaluation is observed under a microscope.
  • Criterion 2 The value obtained by determining the volume resistivity of the test piece for adhesion evaluation according to the method (5) above is 0.05 ⁇ ⁇ cm or less (500 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ m or less).
  • Criterion 3 The value obtained by determining the volume resistivity of the test piece for adhesion evaluation according to the method (5) above is equal to or less than the value of the volume resistivity of (5) above. As a result, the substrate adhesion of this dispersion composition (S-1) was "possible ( ⁇ )".
  • Examples 2 to 7, Comparative Examples 1 to 3 Dispersion compositions (S-2) to (S-7) and the same as the dispersion composition (S-1) of Example 1 except that the composition of the dispersion composition was changed as shown in Table 2 below. (Sr-1) to (sr-3) were prepared. In addition, Example 1 except that the dispersion compositions (S-2) to (S-7) and (sr-1) to (sr-3) were used instead of the dispersion composition (S-1), respectively.
  • Various evaluations were performed in the same manner as above. The evaluation of the CNT dispersibility (organic solvent system) was carried out using a dispersion composition prepared by using cyclopentanone instead of distilled water as the solvent, as in the above (3) of Example 1.
  • the various evaluation results of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 are summarized in Table 2 below.
  • Example 8 (1) Preparation of dispersion composition 53 parts by mass of distilled water was added as a solvent to a container containing 45 parts by mass of titanium oxide as metal particles and 2 parts by mass of the polymer (PI-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. .. Next, the dispersion composition (S-8) was prepared by shaking with a paint shaker (shaker) for 10 minutes.
  • Examples 9 to 19, Comparative Example 4 Dispersion compositions (S-9) to (S-19) and the same as the dispersion composition (S-8) of Example 8 except that the composition of the dispersion composition was changed as shown in Table 3 below. (Sr-4) was prepared. In addition, various evaluations were carried out in the same manner as in Example 8 except that the dispersion compositions (S-9) to (S-19) and (sr-4) were used instead of the dispersion composition (S-8). Was done. The particle dispersibility (organic solvent system) was evaluated by using a dispersion composition prepared by using cyclopentanone instead of distilled water as a solvent, as in the above (3) of Example 8. The various evaluation results of Examples 9 to 19 and Comparative Example 4 are summarized in Table 3 below.
  • polymer (PAA-2) The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymer (PAA-2) was 151,000.
  • polymer (PI-7) The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymer (PI-7) was 202,000, and the imidization ratio was 99%.
  • the numerical values in Table 4 indicate the ratio (mol%) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction to the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction, and for the diamine compound, the diamine compound used in the reaction.
  • the abbreviations of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in Table 4 are as follows.
  • CNT MWNT
  • Multi-wall carbon nanotube DWNT Double-wall carbon nanotube SWNT; Single-wall carbon nanotube SWNT-D; Single-wall carbon nanotube with many defects
  • SDBS sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate
  • Example 20 (1) Evaluation of coatability on glass substrate The coatability on a glass substrate was evaluated using a shear coating device (see FIG. 1) equipped with a coating roll and a doctor roll. First, the coating roll and the doctor roll are rotated in the same direction (forward rotation), and the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 is transferred onto a glass substrate of 150 mm ⁇ 150 mm to prepare a coating film. did. The coating method in which the coating roll and the doctor roll are rotated forward is different from the normal printing method (offset printing method or the like, in which the roll is rotated in the reverse direction for coating). Then, it was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C.
  • the evaluation is that when the change in film thickness is less than 20 nm, the abrasion resistance is "good ( ⁇ )", and when the change in film thickness is 20 nm or more and less than 35 nm, the abrasion resistance is "possible ( ⁇ )", and the film thickness is The case where the change was 35 nm or more was defined as “defective (x)” abrasion resistance. In this example, since the change in film thickness due to rubbing was 5 nm, the abrasion resistance was "good ( ⁇ )".
  • the case where the two terminals were arranged parallel to the shear coating direction was defined as the parallel volume resistivity
  • the case where the two terminals were arranged perpendicularly to the shear coating direction was defined as the vertical volume resistivity.
  • the volume resistivity was calculated from the surface resistivity and the film thickness using the following mathematical formula (EX-2). Further, in the measurement, the measurement was performed 5 times while changing the measurement location, and the average value thereof was estimated as the volume resistivity.
  • volume resistivity ( ⁇ ⁇ m) Surface resistivity ( ⁇ ) ⁇ Film thickness ( ⁇ m) ... (EX-2)
  • the conductivity anisotropy is "good ( ⁇ )"
  • the conductivity anisotropy is “possible ( ⁇ )”
  • the conductivity anisotropy was “poor ( ⁇ )”.
  • the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity of the test piece obtained by applying the dispersion composition (S-20) by shear transfer was 508, which was judged to be “good ( ⁇ )”. It can be said that the larger the value of parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity, the larger the conductive anisotropy.
  • the evaluation is when the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity is 100 or more, the conductive anisotropy after cleaning is “good ( ⁇ )”, and the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity is 10 or more and less than 100.
  • the ratio of the parallel volume resistivity and the vertical volume resistivity of the test piece obtained by applying the dispersion composition (S-20) by shear transfer was 1818, which was judged to be “good ( ⁇ )”.
  • the evaluation is "good ( ⁇ )" when the difference in transmittance between the horizontal arrangement and the orthogonal arrangement is 40% or more, “OK ( ⁇ )” when it is 25% or more and less than 40%, and less than 25%.
  • the case was defined as “defective (x)”.
  • the transmittance difference between the horizontal arrangement and the orthogonal arrangement of the substrate was 48%, and the polarization absorption characteristic was judged to be "good ( ⁇ )”.
  • the temperature rise time difference of this example was 3.4 seconds, which was judged to be "good ( ⁇ )". It can be said that the larger the temperature difference, the larger the electric anisotropy.
  • the evaluation is performed based on the time difference (heating time) required for the point 50 mm in the x-axis direction from the center and the point 50 mm in the y-axis direction from the center to reach the same temperature as the central part. It was.
  • the time difference of the temperature rising time was 3 seconds or more, it was regarded as “good”, when it was 1 second or more and less than 3 seconds, it was regarded as "OK”, and when it was less than 1 second, it was regarded as "bad”.
  • the temperature rise time difference of this example was 3.2 seconds, which was judged to be "good”.
  • the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied onto an 8-inch silicon substrate, and at 80 ° C. It was dried for 10 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m on a silicon substrate.
  • a silicon substrate was cut into 1 cm x 5 cm pieces, and the four cut silicon substrates were subjected to a silicon wafer analyzer device ("Heat Desorption Device JTD-505" by Nippon Analytical Industry Co., Ltd., "Gas Chromatograph Mass Spectrometer GCMS-" by Shimadzu Corporation.
  • the amount of outgas (ng / cm 2 ) when the temperature was raised to 230 ° C. at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min and held at the same temperature for 15 minutes was determined.
  • the case outgassing amount was less than 200ng / cm 2 "good ( ⁇ )”
  • the case was less than 200ng / cm 2 or more 600ng / cm 2 "possible ( ⁇ )”
  • 600ng / cm2 or more If there was, it was regarded as "defective (x)”.
  • the temperature rise time difference of this example was 150 ng / cm 2 , which was judged to be “good”.
  • Example 21 to 23, 25, 26, Comparative Examples 5 to 7 Various evaluations were carried out in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the type of the dispersion composition and the coating method on the substrate were changed as shown in Table 6 below. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6 below.
  • Example 24 The ink of a ballpoint pen having a ball diameter of 1.2 mm is sucked out from the ink containing portion with a syringe, acetone is injected into the ink containing portion to wash and dry the ink, and then the dispersion composition (S-20) is placed in the empty ink containing portion. ) was injected and drawn, and shear transfer coating was performed on the glass substrate (see FIG.
  • Transfer coating A Shear coating was performed by rotating the coating roll and the doctor roll in the forward direction using a shear coating device.
  • Transfer coating B Shear coating was performed by a ballpoint pen type method.
  • Transfer coating C The same as transfer coating A was performed except that the coating roll and the doctor roll were rotated in the reverse direction by the shear coating apparatus to perform shear coating.
  • Transfer coating D Instead of a shear coating device provided with a coating roll and a doctor roll, the dispersion composition is shear-coated on a glass substrate by bar coating, and the obtained coating film is transferred to another substrate to form a coating film. Obtained.
  • Example 20 to 26 As shown in Table 6, by forming an anisotropic film by shear transfer coating using a dispersion composition containing a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity, conduction anisotropy, polarization absorption characteristics, and heat transfer anisotropy are formed. And an anisotropic film having excellent various properties of degas resistance could be obtained (Examples 20 to 26). Further, the anisotropic films of Examples 20 to 26 were also excellent in coatability and abrasion resistance to the glass substrate. In particular, Examples 20 to 25 in which shear transfer coating was performed with a rotating body were " ⁇ " or " ⁇ " in all evaluations, and among these, Examples 20 to 22 were “ ⁇ " in all evaluations. there were.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A dispersion composition according to the present invention contains: a material to be dispersed; a dispersion medium; and a polymer (P) which is at least one substance selected from the group consisting of polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters and polyimides, and which has a structural unit U1 derived from a diamine compound (D1) represented by formula (1) and a structural unit U2 derived from a diamine compound (D2) that is different from the diamine compound (D1). In the formula, in cases where n is 0, at least one of R1 to R4 moieties represents a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and in cases where n is 1, at least one of R1 to R8 moieties represents a monovalent group having an ionic functional group.

Description

分散組成物、分散剤、異方性膜及びその製造方法、並びに異方性膜形成装置Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and method for producing the same, and anisotropic film forming apparatus 関連出願の相互参照Cross-reference of related applications

 本出願は、2019年8月19日に出願された日本特許出願番号2019-149938号に基づくもので、ここにその記載内容を援用する。 This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-149938 filed on August 19, 2019, and the contents of the description are incorporated herein by reference.

 本開示は、分散組成物、分散剤、異方性膜及びその製造方法、並びに異方性膜形成装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a dispersion composition, a dispersant, an anisotropic film and a method for producing the same, and an anisotropic film forming apparatus.

 ナノカーボンや金属ナノ粒子等といったナノオーダーの大きさの物質は、電気特性や機械的特性、熱安定性等において優れた性質をもち、ナノマテリアルとして種々の分野への応用や実用化が検討されている。これらの粒子は一般に、分散媒に分散されてその機能が利用される。粒子がもつ特性を十分に発現させるためには、粒子を分散媒に均一に分散させることが望ましい。そこで、粒子の凝集を抑制して粒子の分散性を高めるべく、粒子と共に分散剤を含有させた分散組成物が種々提案されている(例えば、特許文献1や特許文献2参照)。 Nano-order-sized substances such as nanocarbons and metal nanoparticles have excellent properties in terms of electrical properties, mechanical properties, thermal stability, etc., and their application and practical application to various fields as nanomaterials are being studied. ing. These particles are generally dispersed in a dispersion medium to utilize their function. In order to fully express the characteristics of the particles, it is desirable to uniformly disperse the particles in a dispersion medium. Therefore, various dispersion compositions containing a dispersant together with the particles have been proposed in order to suppress the aggregation of the particles and enhance the dispersibility of the particles (see, for example, Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2).

 特許文献1には、側鎖にアリール基が導入されたポリアルキレンオキサイドを、ナノカーボン、金属ナノ粒子、無機繊維及び有機繊維を分散させるための分散剤として用いた分散組成物が開示されている。また、特許文献2には、カーボンナノチューブを分散させるための分散剤として、ベンゾオキサゾール骨格を有するポリアミック酸を用いた分散組成物が開示されている。 Patent Document 1 discloses a dispersion composition in which a polyalkylene oxide having an aryl group introduced into a side chain is used as a dispersant for dispersing nanocarbons, metal nanoparticles, inorganic fibers and organic fibers. .. Further, Patent Document 2 discloses a dispersion composition using a polyamic acid having a benzoxazole skeleton as a dispersant for dispersing carbon nanotubes.

国際公開第2016/039218号International Publication No. 2016/0392218 特開2013-154337号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-154337

 ナノカーボンや金属ナノ粒子等の被分散体が水系及び有機溶媒系の両方の溶媒に対して良好な分散性を示せば、被分散体の用途を更に拡大したり機能を更に高めたりすることが可能である。 If the dispersant such as nanocarbons and metal nanoparticles shows good dispersibility in both aqueous and organic solvent systems, the use of the dispersant can be further expanded or the function can be further enhanced. It is possible.

 被分散体が分散媒に分散された分散組成物を基材に塗布した後、その塗布液から分散媒を除去することにより、被分散体を含む膜や配線等を基材上に形成可能である。また、被分散体を含む膜や配線等を備えるデバイスは、例えば電子機器や表示装置等の各種用途に利用されている。被分散体により形成された部材の外力耐性が低い場合、デバイスの性能低下を招くおそれがある。そのため、当該部材には外力耐性が高いことが求められている。 A film or wiring containing the dispersion can be formed on the substrate by applying the dispersion composition in which the dispersion is dispersed in the dispersion medium to the substrate and then removing the dispersion medium from the coating liquid. is there. Further, a device provided with a film or wiring containing a dispersant is used for various purposes such as an electronic device and a display device. If the external force resistance of the member formed by the disperse is low, the performance of the device may be deteriorated. Therefore, the member is required to have high resistance to external force.

 本開示は上記課題に鑑みなされたものであり、水系及び有機溶媒系のいずれの分散媒を用いた場合にも被分散体の分散性が良好であり、かつ外力耐性が良好な部材を形成することができる分散組成物、及び当該分散組成物を得るための分散剤を提供することを一つの目的とする。 The present disclosure has been made in view of the above problems, and forms a member having good dispersibility of the dispersant and good resistance to external force regardless of whether a dispersion medium of an aqueous system or an organic solvent system is used. One object of the present invention is to provide a dispersion composition capable of obtaining the dispersion composition and a dispersant for obtaining the dispersion composition.

 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するべく鋭意検討し、イオン性官能基を有するジアミンと、イオン性官能基を有さないジアミンとを併用することによって得られたポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドを高分子分散剤として用いることにより上記課題を解決できることを見出した。すなわち、本開示によれば以下の手段が提供される。 The present inventors have diligently studied to solve the above problems, and obtained polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters, and polyamic acid esters obtained by using a diamine having an ionic functional group and a diamine having no ionic functional group in combination. It has been found that the above problems can be solved by using polyimide as a polymer dispersant. That is, according to the present disclosure, the following means are provided.

<1> 被分散体と、分散媒と、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種であって、かつ下記式(1)で表されるジアミン化合物[D1]に由来する構造単位U1と、前記ジアミン化合物[D1]とは異なるジアミン化合物[D2]に由来する構造単位U2とを有する重合体[P]と、を含有する、分散組成物。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式(1)中、nは0又は1である。nが0の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。nが1の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。)
<2> 上記重合体[P]を含有する、分散剤。 <1> At least one selected from the group consisting of a dispersant, a dispersion medium, a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester, and a polyimide, and derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1). A dispersion composition containing a structural unit U1 to be formed and a polymer [P] having a structural unit U2 derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the diamine compound [D1].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(If in the formula (1), n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ~ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When n is 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest. Are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms or monovalent organic groups.)
<2> A dispersant containing the above polymer [P].

<3> 被分散体と分散媒とリオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物とを含有する分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる工程と、前記保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写する工程と、を含む、異方性膜の製造方法。
<4> 上記<3>の製造方法により得られた異方性膜。
<5> 被分散体と分散媒とリオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物とを含有する分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる保持部と、前記保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写させる転写部と、を備える、異方性膜形成装置。
<3> A step of holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion to be dispersed, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of a retainer while applying shear stress, and a dispersion composition retained on the surface of the retainer. A method for producing an anisotropic film, which comprises a step of transferring the above-mentioned material onto a substrate.
<4> An anisotropic film obtained by the production method of <3> above.
<5> A holding portion for holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion to be dispersed, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of a holding body while applying shear stress, and a dispersion composition held on the surface of the holding body. An anisotropic film forming apparatus including a transfer unit for transferring an object onto a substrate.

 本開示によれば、水系及び有機溶媒系のいずれを分散媒として用いた場合にも被分散体の分散性が良好な分散組成物を得ることができる。また、当該分散組成物を用いることにより、外力耐性が良好な部材を形成することができる。 According to the present disclosure, a dispersion composition having good dispersibility of the dispersoid can be obtained regardless of whether an aqueous system or an organic solvent system is used as the dispersion medium. Further, by using the dispersion composition, a member having good resistance to external force can be formed.

図1は、印刷方式のせん断塗布装置の一例を示す概略構成図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an example of a printing type shear coating device. 図2は、ディスペンサ方式のせん断塗布装置の一例を示す概略構成図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic configuration diagram showing an example of a dispenser type shear coating device.

≪第1実施形態≫
 本開示の分散組成物は、(A)被分散体と、(B)分散媒と、(C)分散剤と、を含有する。以下に、本開示の分散組成物に含まれる各成分、及び必要に応じて任意に配合されるその他の成分について説明する。
<< First Embodiment >>
The dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains (A) a dispersion to be dispersed, (B) a dispersion medium, and (C) a dispersant. Hereinafter, each component contained in the dispersion composition of the present disclosure, and other components optionally blended will be described.

 なお、本明細書において「炭化水素基」とは、鎖状炭化水素基、脂環式炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基を含む意味である。「鎖状炭化水素基」とは、主鎖に環状構造を含まず、鎖状構造のみで構成された直鎖状炭化水素基及び分岐状炭化水素基を意味する。ただし、飽和でも不飽和でもよい。「脂環式炭化水素基」とは、環構造としては脂環式炭化水素の構造のみを含み、芳香環構造を含まない炭化水素基を意味する。ただし、脂環式炭化水素の構造のみで構成されている必要はなく、その一部に鎖状構造を有するものも含む。「芳香族炭化水素基」とは、環構造として芳香環構造を含む炭化水素基を意味する。ただし、芳香環構造のみで構成されている必要はなく、その一部に鎖状構造や脂環式炭化水素の構造を含んでいてもよい。「有機基」とは、炭化水素基を有する基を意味し、構造中にヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。 In addition, in this specification, "hydrocarbon group" means including a chain hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The "chain hydrocarbon group" means a linear hydrocarbon group and a branched hydrocarbon group which do not contain a cyclic structure in the main chain and are composed only of a chain structure. However, it may be saturated or unsaturated. The "alicyclic hydrocarbon group" means a hydrocarbon group containing only the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure as the ring structure and not containing the aromatic ring structure. However, it does not have to be composed only of the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, and some of them have a chain structure. The "aromatic hydrocarbon group" means a hydrocarbon group containing an aromatic ring structure as a ring structure. However, it does not have to be composed of only an aromatic ring structure, and a chain structure or an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure may be included in a part thereof. The "organic group" means a group having a hydrocarbon group, and may contain a heteroatom in the structure.

<(A)被分散体>
 被分散体は、特に限定されないが、無機物粒子及び有機物粒子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を用いることができる。また、被分散体の形状についても特に限定されず、例えば球状、棒状、繊維状、平板状、円板状等が挙げられる。被分散体の一次粒子径は、好ましくは10μm以下、より好ましくは1μm以下、更に好ましくは200nm以下である。また、被分散体の一次粒子径は、好ましくは1nm以上、より好ましくは2nm以上、更に好ましくは5nm以上である。なお、ここでいう「被分散体の一次粒子径」は、レーザー回折・散乱法によりd50値を測定することにより求めた値である。
<(A) Dispersion>
The dispersant is not particularly limited, but at least one selected from the group consisting of inorganic particles and organic particles can be used. The shape of the object to be dispersed is also not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spherical shape, a rod shape, a fibrous shape, a flat plate shape, and a disk shape. The primary particle size of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less, and further preferably 200 nm or less. The primary particle size of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 2 nm or more, and further preferably 5 nm or more. The "primary particle size of the object to be dispersed" referred to here is a value obtained by measuring the d50 value by a laser diffraction / scattering method.

 本開示の分散組成物に含有される無機物粒子としては、例えばカーボン、金属粒子、半金属粒子、シリカ、無機塩、量子ドット等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、カーボンとして、例えばカーボンブラック、カーボンファイバー、カーボンナノチューブ、グラファイト、フラーレン、カーボンナノホーン等を;金属粒子として、例えば金属単体、金属酸化物、金属炭化物、金属窒化物等を;半金属粒子として、例えば半金属酸化物、半金属炭化物、半金属窒化物等を;シリカとして、例えば湿式シリカ(含水ケイ酸)、乾式シリカ(無水ケイ酸)、コロイダルシリカ、沈降シリカ、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、表面修飾処理が施された変性シリカ等を;無機塩として、例えば硫酸塩(硫酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等)、炭酸塩(炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸バリウム等)、リン酸塩(リン酸カルシウム等)等を;量子ドットとして、例えばペロブスカイト量子ドット、炭素系量子ドット、硫化鉛量子ドット等を、それぞれ挙げることができる。 Examples of the inorganic particles contained in the dispersion composition of the present disclosure include carbon, metal particles, semimetal particles, silica, inorganic salts, quantum dots and the like. Specific examples of these include, for example, carbon black, carbon fiber, carbon nanotube, graphite, fullerene, carbon nanohorn, etc. as carbon; for example, metal simple substance, metal oxide, metal carbide, metal nitride, etc. as metal particles; As semi-metal particles, for example, semi-metal oxides, semi-metal carbides, semi-metal nitrides, etc .; as silica, for example, wet silica (hydrous silicic acid), dry silica (silicic anhydride), colloidal silica, precipitated silica, silicic acid, etc. Calcium, aluminum silicate, modified silica with surface modification treatment, etc .; as inorganic salts, for example, sulfates (calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, etc.), carbonates (calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, barium carbonate, etc.), phosphoric acid Salts (calcium phosphate, etc.) and the like; examples of the quantum dots include perovskite quantum dots, carbon-based quantum dots, lead sulfide quantum dots, and the like.

 なお、カーボンファイバーはカーボンナノファイバーを含む。カーボンナノチューブは、シングルウォールカーボンナノチューブ、ダブルウォールカーボンナノチューブ、及びマルチウォールカーボンナノチューブを含む。また、カーボンナノチューブは、炭素のみからなるものであってもよく、構造の一部他の元素で置換又は化学修飾されたものであってもよく、金属(例えば、金、銀、銅、アルミニウム、ニッケル、コバルト、チタン、白金等)との複合体であってもよい。 The carbon fiber includes carbon nanofiber. Carbon nanotubes include single-walled carbon nanotubes, double-walled carbon nanotubes, and multi-walled carbon nanotubes. Further, the carbon nanotube may be composed of only carbon , or may have a part of the structure substituted or chemically modified with another element, and may be a metal (for example, gold, silver, copper, aluminum). , Nickel, cobalt, titanium, platinum, etc.).

 金属粒子について更に詳しくは、金、銀、銅、亜鉛、アルミニウム、スズ、ニッケル、パラジウム、白金、コバルト、鉄、マンガン、クロム、モリブデン、チタン、ジルコニウム、ハフニウム、イットリウム、セリウム等の金属元素を含む粒子が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、当該金属元素からなる金属単体;酸化銅、酸化アルミニウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化鉄、酸化チタン、チタン酸バリウム、酸化ビスマス、酸化セリウム、酸化クロム、酸化コバルト、酸化インジウム、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化スズ、酸化インジウム-酸化ガリウム-酸化亜鉛、酸化インジウム-酸化亜鉛、酸化インジウムスズ等の金属酸化物;炭化チタン等の金属炭化物;窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン(チタンブラック)、窒化アルミニウム等の金属窒化物、等が挙げられる。金属粒子としては、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 More details about metal particles include metal elements such as gold, silver, copper, zinc, aluminum, tin, nickel, palladium, platinum, cobalt, iron, manganese, chromium, molybdenum, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, yttrium, cerium. Particles can be mentioned. Specific examples of these include a single metal composed of the metal element; copper oxide, aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, barium titanate, bismuth oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, cobalt oxide, indium oxide, and oxidation. Metal oxides such as indium tin, zirconium oxide, yttrium oxide, tin oxide, indium oxide-gallium oxide-zinc oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, indium tin oxide; metal carbides such as titanium carbide; titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride ( Titanium black), metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride, and the like. As the metal particles, one type can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination.

 半金属粒子としては、ホウ素、ケイ素等の半金属元素を含む粒子が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、当該半金属元素からなる半金属単体;二酸化ケイ素等の金属酸化物;炭化ホウ素、炭化ケイ素等の金属炭化物;窒化ホウ素、窒化ケイ素等の金属窒化物、等が挙げられる。半金属粒子としては、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。本開示の分散組成物において1つの実施形態では、被分散体として、金属粒子及び半金属粒子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を好ましく使用できる。 Examples of the metalloid particles include particles containing a metalloid element such as boron and silicon. Specific examples of these include a single metalloid composed of the metalloid element; a metal oxide such as silicon dioxide; a metal carbide such as boron carbide and silicon carbide; and a metal nitride such as boron nitride and silicon nitride. .. As the semimetal particles, one type can be used alone or two or more types can be used in combination. In one embodiment of the dispersion composition of the present disclosure, at least one selected from the group consisting of metal particles and semimetal particles can be preferably used as the dispersant.

 有機物粒子としては、例えば有機顔料、二色性色素、色素会合体、タンパク質、核酸、ウィルス等が挙げられる。これらの具体例としては、有機顔料として、例えばアントラキノン顔料、モノアゾ顔料、ジアゾ顔料、ベンズイミダゾロン顔料、キナクリドン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、ジオキサジン顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、フラバントロン顔料、インダントロン顔料、インドリノン顔料、チオインジゴ顔料、金属錯体顔料、ペリノン顔料、ペリレン顔料等を;二色性色素として、例えばジスアゾ化合物、トリスアゾ化合物、テトラキスアゾ化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジオキサジン化合物等を;色素会合体として、ポルフィリン色素やシアニン色素、ピロロピロール色素、アセン色素、スクアリリウム色素等のJ会合体、オキサゾールイエロー色素、チアゾールオレンジ色素、シアニン色素、アゾ色素等のH会合体等を、それぞれ挙げることができる。 Examples of organic particles include organic pigments, dichroic pigments, pigment aggregates, proteins, nucleic acids, viruses and the like. Specific examples of these include organic pigments such as anthraquinone pigments, monoazo pigments, diazo pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, quinacridone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, dioxazine pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, flavantron pigments, indantron pigments, indolinone pigments, and thioindigo. Pigments, metal complex pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, etc .; as bicolor pigments, for example, disuazo compounds, trisazo compounds, tetraxazo compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dioxazine compounds, etc .; as dye aggregates, porphyrin pigments and cyanine pigments, Examples include J-aggregates such as pyrolopyrrole pigments, acene pigments, and squarylium pigments, and H-aggregates such as oxazole yellow pigments, thiazole orange pigments, cyanine pigments, and azo pigments.

 被分散体としては、上記のうち無機物粒子を好ましく使用することができ、カーボンナノチューブ(CNT)及び金属粒子を特に好ましく使用することができる。
 また、被分散体としては、棒状ナノ構造体及び棒状分子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を好ましく使用することができる。棒状分子としては、例えば二色性色素等が挙げられ、棒状ナノ構造体としては、例えば色素会合体、量子ロッド、金属ナノロッド、カーボンナノチューブ、タンパク質、核酸、ウィルス等が挙げられる。被分散体が、棒状ナノ構造体及び棒状分子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種である場合、当該被分散体としては、無機物粒子を好ましく使用でき、カーボンナノチューブ及び金属ナノロッドを特に好ましく使用することができる。
Of the above, inorganic particles can be preferably used as the dispersant, and carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and metal particles can be particularly preferably used.
Further, as the dispersant, at least one selected from the group consisting of rod-shaped nanostructures and rod-shaped molecules can be preferably used. Examples of the rod-shaped molecule include a dichroic dye and the like, and examples of the rod-shaped nanostructure include a dye aggregate, a quantum rod, a metal nanorod, a carbon nanotube, a protein, a nucleic acid, a virus and the like. When the dispersant is at least one selected from the group consisting of rod-shaped nanostructures and rod-shaped molecules, inorganic particles can be preferably used as the dispersant, and carbon nanotubes and metal nanorods are particularly preferably used. be able to.

 分散組成物における被分散体の含有割合は、被分散体の種類に応じて適宜設定され得る。被分散体の含有割合は、分散組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは0.01質量%以上、より好ましくは0.02質量%以上、更に好ましくは0.03質量%以上である。また、被分散体の含有割合は、分散組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは50質量%以下、より好ましくは40質量%以下、更に好ましくは30質量%以下である。なお、被分散体としては、上記のうちの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The content ratio of the dispersion to be dispersed in the dispersion composition can be appropriately set according to the type of the dispersion to be dispersed. The content ratio of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, still more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition. The content of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition. As the dispersant, one of the above can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 具体的には、分散組成物における被分散体の含有割合は、被分散体が金属粒子又は半金属粒子である場合、分散組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは0.05質量%以上、より好ましくは0.1質量%以上、更に好ましくは0.5質量%以上である。また、被分散体の含有割合は、分散組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは50質量%以下、より好ましくは40質量%以下、更に好ましくは30質量%以下である。
 被分散体がカーボンナノチューブである場合、分散組成物における被分散体の含有割合は、分散組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは0.01質量%以上、より好ましくは0.02質量%以上、更に好ましくは0.03質量%以上である。また、被分散体の含有割合は、分散組成物の全量に対し、好ましくは30質量%以下、より好ましくは25質量%以下、更に好ましくは20質量%以下である。
Specifically, the content ratio of the dispersant in the dispersion composition is preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition when the disperse is metal particles or semimetal particles. Is 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The content of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition.
When the dispersant is a carbon nanotube, the content ratio of the dispersant in the dispersion composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.02% by mass or more, and further, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition. It is preferably 0.03% by mass or more. The content of the dispersion to be dispersed is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass or less, still more preferably 20% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersion composition.

<(B)分散媒>
 本開示の分散組成物は、(A)被分散体が(B)分散媒に分散された組成物である。分散媒は液状であり、水、有機溶媒、及び水と有機溶媒との混合溶剤が挙げられる。(B)分散媒として使用される有機溶媒は特に限定されず、例えばアルコール系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、非プロトン性極性溶媒、ハロゲン化炭化水素系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤等が挙げられる。
<(B) Dispersion medium>
The dispersion composition of the present disclosure is a composition in which (A) the dispersant is dispersed in (B) a dispersion medium. The dispersion medium is a liquid and includes water, an organic solvent, and a mixed solvent of water and an organic solvent. (B) The organic solvent used as the dispersion medium is not particularly limited, and for example, an alcohol solvent, a ketone solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, an aprotonic polar solvent, a halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, or a hydrocarbon solvent. Examples include solvents.

 これらの具体例としては、アルコール系溶剤として、例えばメタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、i-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、i-ブタノール、t-ブタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、ヘプタノール、シクロヘキサノール、メチルシクロヘキサノール、ジアセトンアルコール、プロパン-1,2-ジオール、エチレングリコール等を;
ケトン系溶剤として、例えばシクロブタノン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチル-n-プロピルケトン、メチル-n-ブチルケトン、ジエチルケトン、ジ-n-ブチルケトン、メチル-i-ブチルケトン、メチル-n-ペンチルケトン、エチル-n-ブチルケトン、メチル-n-ヘキシルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、トリメチルノナノン等を;
エーテル系溶剤として、例えばプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル(DEDG)、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、3-メトキシ-1-ブタノール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコール-i-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-ブチルエーテル(ブチルセロソルブ)、1-ブトキシ-2-プロパノール、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等の多価アルコールの部分エーテル;ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート等の多価アルコールの部分エステル;テトラヒドロフラン等の環状エーテル等を;
エステル系溶剤として、例えば酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸i-ブチル、酢酸sec-ブチル、酢酸t-ブチル、酢酸3-メトキシブチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネート等を;
非プロトン性極性溶媒として、例えばN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-1-イミダゾリジノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-ブチロラクタム、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、N,N,2-トリメチルプロパンアミド、アセトニトリル、ジメチルスルホキシド等を;
ハロゲン化炭化水素系溶剤として、例えばジクロロメタン、1,2-ジクロロエタン、1,4-ジクロロブタン、トリクロロエタン等を;
炭化水素系溶剤として、例えばヘキサン、ヘプタン、オクタン、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等を、それぞれ挙げることができる。なお、これらの有機溶媒は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
Specific examples of these include alcohol-based solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, and the like. 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, heptanol, cyclohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, diacetone alcohol, propane-1,2-diol, ethylene glycol, etc.;
Examples of the ketone solvent include cyclobutanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl-n-propyl ketone, methyl-n-butyl ketone, diethyl ketone, di-n-butyl ketone, methyl-i-butyl ketone, and the like. Methyl-n-pentyl ketone, ethyl-n-butyl ketone, methyl-n-hexyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, trimethylnonanone, etc.;
Examples of ether-based solvents include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), diethylene glycol diethyl ether (DEDG), diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol-n-. Many such as propyl ether, ethylene glycol-i-propyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-butyl ether (butyl cellosolve), 1-butoxy-2-propanol, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, etc. Partial ethers of valent alcohols; partial esters of polyhydric alcohols such as diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran;
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, i-butyl acetate, sec-butyl acetate, t-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, and propion. Ethyl acetate, butyl propionate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, etc.;
Examples of aprotic polar solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-1-imidazolidinone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactam, N, N-dimethylformamide. , N, N-dimethylacetamide, 3-methoxy-N, N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N, N-dimethylpropaneamide, N, N, 2-trimethylpropaneamide, acetonitrile, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.;
As the halogenated hydrocarbon solvent, for example, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, trichloroethane and the like;
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include hexane, heptane, octane, benzene, toluene, xylene and the like. In addition, these organic solvents can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 (B)分散媒は、有機溶媒系であってもよいし、水系であってもよい。水系は低環境負荷である等の理由から好ましく使用される。水系の分散媒を用いる場合、水の使用割合は、分散組成物に含有される(B)分散媒の全量に対して、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、75質量%以上であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。 (B) The dispersion medium may be an organic solvent system or an aqueous system. The water system is preferably used because of its low environmental load and the like. When an aqueous dispersion medium is used, the proportion of water used is preferably 50% by mass or more, preferably 75% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the (B) dispersion medium contained in the dispersion composition. More preferably, it is 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably.

 分散媒として、水と有機溶媒との混合溶剤を使用する場合、使用する有機溶媒は、水に溶解可能な有機溶媒であれば特に限定されないが、好ましくは、水よりも沸点が低い有機溶媒であり、より好ましくは、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、i-プロパノール、アセトン及びテトラヒドロフランよりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である。(B)分散媒が水と有機溶媒との混合溶剤である場合、分散組成物中における有機溶媒の含有割合は、水と有機溶媒との混合溶剤の全量に対して、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 When a mixed solvent of water and an organic solvent is used as the dispersion medium, the organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent soluble in water, but preferably an organic solvent having a boiling point lower than that of water. Yes, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, acetone and tetrahydrofuran. (B) When the dispersion medium is a mixed solvent of water and an organic solvent, the content ratio of the organic solvent in the dispersion composition is 50% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the mixed solvent of water and the organic solvent. It is preferable, it is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or less.

<(C)分散剤>
[重合体[P]]
 本開示の分散組成物は、分散剤として重合体[P]を含有する。重合体[P]は、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種であって、かつ下記式(1)で表されるジアミン化合物[D1]に由来する構造単位U1と、ジアミン化合物[D1]とは異なるジアミン化合物[D2]に由来する構造単位U2とを有する重合体である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式(1)中、nは0又は1である。nが0の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。nが1の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。) <(C) Dispersant>
[Polymer [P]]
The dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains a polymer [P] as a dispersant. The polymer [P] is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester and polyimide, and is a structural unit U1 derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1). , A polymer having a structural unit U2 derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the diamine compound [D1].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(If in the formula (1), n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ~ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When n is 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest. Are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms or monovalent organic groups.)

(構造単位U1)
 構造単位U1は、ジアミン化合物[D1]が有する2個の1級アミノ基のそれぞれから1個の水素原子を取り除いた構造単位である。上記式(1)中のR~Rについて、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基は、「*-L-X」(ただし、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基であり、Xはイオン性官能基である。「*」はベンゼン環に結合する結合手であることを表す。)で表すことができる。ここで、Lが2価の連結基である場合、Lの具体例としては、炭素数1~5のアルカンジイル基、当該アルカンジイル基の炭素-炭素結合間に-O-を含む基、-O-R13-**(ただし、R13は2価の炭化水素基であり、「**」はXに結合する結合手であることを表す。)等が挙げられる。R13は、炭素数1~5のアルカンジイル基であることが好ましい。
(Structural unit U1)
The structural unit U1 is a structural unit obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from each of the two primary amino groups of the diamine compound [D1]. For R 1 to R 8 in the above formula (1), the monovalent group having an ionic functional group is "* -L 1- X 1 " (where L 1 is a single bond or a divalent linking group. Yes, X 1 is an ionic functional group. “*” Indicates that it is a bond that binds to a benzene ring.) Here, when L 1 is a divalent linking group, specific examples of L 1 include an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and a group containing —O— between carbon-carbon bonds of the alkanediyl group. , -OR 13 -** (however, R 13 is a divalent hydrocarbon group, and "**" indicates a bond that binds to X 1) and the like. R 13 is preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

 イオン性官能基は、水中で陽イオン又は陰イオンを形成する官能基である。イオン性官能基は、特に限定されないが、水を含む溶剤に対する重合体[P]の溶解性をより高くできる点で、スルホン酸基、ホスホン酸基、カルボン酸基、アンモニウム基、ピリジニウム基、イミダゾリウム基若しくはグアニジニウム基、又はそれらの塩であることが好ましい。また、イオン性官能基は、酸性官能基及び塩基性官能基のいずれでもよいが、酸性官能基であることが好ましい。イオン性官能基としては、これらの中でも、スルホン酸基、ホスホン酸基若しくはカルボン酸基、又はそれらの塩であることが好ましく、特にスルホン酸基又はその塩であることが好ましい。 The ionic functional group is a functional group that forms a cation or an anion in water. The ionic functional group is not particularly limited, but is a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, an ammonium group, a pyridinium group, and an imidazole group in that the solubility of the polymer [P] in a solvent containing water can be further increased. It is preferably a urium group or a guanidinium group, or a salt thereof. The ionic functional group may be either an acidic functional group or a basic functional group, but is preferably an acidic functional group. Among these, the ionic functional group is preferably a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group or a carboxylic acid group, or a salt thereof, and particularly preferably a sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof.

 イオン性官能基が、酸性官能基又は塩基性官能基の塩である場合、酸性官能基(スルホン酸基、ホスホン酸基、カルボン酸基等)の対イオンとしては、例えばLi、Na、K、Cs、Mg2+、Ca2+、Sr2+、Ba2+、Zn2+、Pb2+、Al3+、La3+、Ce3+、Y3+、Yb3+、Gd3+、NH4-t (ただし、Qは炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を表し、tは0~4の整数を表す。tが2~4の場合、複数のQは同一の基又は異なる基である。以下同じ。)等が挙げられる。また、塩基性官能基(アンモニウム基、ピリジニウム基、イミダゾリウム基、グアニジニウム基等)の対イオンとしては、例えばCl、Br、I、R14COO(ただし、R14は炭素数1~20の炭化水素基を表す。)等が挙げられる。イオン性官能基がカルボン酸基である場合は、カルボン酸の酸解離定数が低く、酸性条件でプロトンが解離しにくくイオン性が低下するため、強塩基と塩を形成していることが好ましい。 When the ionic functional group is an acidic functional group or a salt of a basic functional group, examples of the counter ion of the acidic functional group (sulfonic acid group, phosphonic acid group, carboxylic acid group, etc.) include Li + , Na + , and the like. K + , Cs + , Mg 2+ , Ca 2+ , Sr 2+ , Ba 2+ , Zn 2+ , Pb 2+ , Al 3+ , La 3+ , Ce 3+ , Y 3+ , Yb 3+ , Gd 3+ , NH 4-t Qt + However, Q represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and t represents an integer of 0 to 4. When t is 2 to 4, a plurality of Qs are the same group or different groups. The same shall apply hereinafter. ) Etc. can be mentioned. As the counterion of the basic functional group (ammonium group, pyridinium group, imidazolium group, guanidinium group, etc.), for example, Cl , Br , I , R 14 COO (where R 14 has 1 carbon atom). It represents ~ 20 hydrocarbon groups.) And the like. When the ionic functional group is a carboxylic acid group, the acid dissociation constant of the carboxylic acid is low, protons are less likely to be dissociated under acidic conditions, and the ionicity is lowered. Therefore, it is preferable to form a salt with a strong base.

 イオン性官能基を有する1価の基において、Lは、イオン性官能基の種類に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、イオン官能性基がスルホン酸基、ホスホン酸基若しくはカルボン酸基、又はそれらの塩である場合、Lは、好ましくは単結合である。また、イオン官能性基がアンモニウム基、ピリジニウム基、イミダゾリウム基若しくはグアニジニウム基、又はそれらの塩である場合、Lは、好ましくは2価の連結基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基である。 Among the monovalent groups having an ionic functional group, L 1 can be appropriately selected depending on the type of the ionic functional group. For example, when the ionic functional group is a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group or a carboxylic acid group, or a salt thereof, L 1 is preferably a single bond. When the ionic functional group is an ammonium group, a pyridinium group, an imidazolium group or a guanidinium group, or a salt thereof, L 1 is preferably a divalent linking group, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alcandiyl group.

 上記式(1)中のイオン性官能基の個数は特に限定されない。上記式(1)中のイオン性官能基の個数(すなわち、n=0の場合には、R~Rのうちイオン性官能基を有する1価の基の数、n=1の場合には、R~Rのうちイオン性官能基を有する1価の基の数)は、好ましくは1~4個であり、1個又は2個であることがより好ましい。
 R~Rにおいて、1価の有機基は、炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数1~5のアルキル基がより好ましい。ハロゲン原子は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、ホウ素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
The number of ionic functional groups in the above formula (1) is not particularly limited. The number of ionic functional groups in the above formula (1) (that is, when n = 0, the number of monovalent groups having an ionic functional group among R 1 to R 4, when n = 1) The number of monovalent groups having an ionic functional group among R 1 to R 8 ) is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 or 2.
In R 1 to R 8 , the monovalent organic group is preferably a hydrocarbon group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a boron atom and an iodine atom.

 ジアミン化合物[D1]の具体例としては、下記式(d-1)~(d-16)のそれぞれで表される化合物等が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Specific examples of the diamine compound [D1] include compounds represented by the following formulas (d-1) to (d-16).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 重合体[P]における構造単位U1の含有割合は、被分散体の分散性(特に、水系の分散媒への分散性)を十分に確保することができる点で、重合体[P]が有するジアミン化合物に由来する構造単位の全量に対し、5モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%以上であることがより好ましく、20モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、50モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、構造単位U1の含有割合は、被分散体の分散性(特に、有機溶媒系の分散媒への分散性)をより良好にできる点、及び被分散体としてCNTを用いた場合にCNT膜の体積抵抗率を十分に低くできる点で、重合体[P]が有するジアミン化合物に由来する構造単位の全量に対し、99.5モル%以下であることが好ましく、99モル%以下であることがより好ましく、98モル%以下であることが更に好好ましく、85モル%以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、重合体[P]の合成に際し、ジアミン化合物[D1]としては、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The content ratio of the structural unit U1 in the polymer [P] is possessed by the polymer [P] in that the dispersibility of the compound to be dispersed (particularly, the dispersibility in the aqueous dispersion medium) can be sufficiently ensured. It is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the structural units derived from the diamine compound. Is particularly preferred. Further, the content ratio of the structural unit U1 is such that the dispersibility of the dispersoid (particularly, the dispersibility of the organic solvent system in the dispersion medium) can be improved, and when CNT is used as the dispersant, the CNT film is used. The volume resistivity of the polymer [P] is preferably 99.5 mol% or less, and 99 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the structural units derived from the diamine compound. Is more preferable, 98 mol% or less is further preferable, and 85 mol% or less is particularly preferable. In the synthesis of the polymer [P], the diamine compound [D1] may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(構造単位U2)
 構造単位U2は、ジアミン化合物[D1]とは異なるジアミン化合物[D2]に由来する構造単位であればよく、特に限定されない。ジアミン化合物[D2]としては、例えば脂肪族ジアミン、脂環式ジアミン、芳香族ジアミン、ジアミノオルガノシロキサン等が挙げられる。これらのうち、重合体[P]の分子鎖を剛直かつ一軸直線性の高い構造とするとともに、分子間のスタッキング相互作用により重合体[P]を面内配向しやすくし、これにより被分散体の分散性をより高くする観点から、ジアミン化合物[D2]は芳香族ジアミンであることが好ましい。
(Structural unit U2)
The structural unit U2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a structural unit derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the diamine compound [D1]. Examples of the diamine compound [D2] include aliphatic diamines, alicyclic diamines, aromatic diamines, and diaminoorganosiloxane. Of these, the molecular chain of the polymer [P] has a rigid and highly uniaxial linear structure, and the stacking interaction between the molecules facilitates in-plane orientation of the polymer [P], thereby making it a dispersant. The diamine compound [D2] is preferably an aromatic diamine from the viewpoint of increasing the dispersibility of the diamine.

 ジアミン化合物[D2]の具体例としては、脂肪族ジアミンとして、例えばメタキシリレンジアミン、1,3-プロパンジアミン、テトラメチレンジアミン、ペンタメチレンジアミン、ヘキサメチレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサンなどを;脂環式ジアミンとして、例えば1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、4,4’-メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルアミン)などを; Specific examples of the diamine compound [D2] include, as aliphatic diamines, metaxylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,3-bis (aminomethyl). Cyclohexane and the like; as an alicyclic diamine, for example, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4'-methylenebis (cyclohexylamine) and the like;

 芳香族ジアミンとして、例えばパラフェニレンジアミン、メタフェニレンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4-アミノフェニル-4’-アミノベンゾエート、4,4’-ジアミノアゾベンゼン、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、ビス[2-(4-アミノフェニル)エチル]ヘキサン二酸、N,N-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)メチルアミン、1,5-ジアミノナフタレン、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,7-ジアミノフルオレン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、4,4’-(p-フェニレンジイソプロピリデン)ビスアニリン、4,4’-(m-フェニレンジイソプロピリデン)ビスアニリン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル等の主鎖型ジアミン;ジアミノフェニル構造に炭素数6以上の側鎖構造が結合した側鎖型ジアミンなどを;
 ジアミノオルガノシロキサンとして、例えば、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)-テトラメチルジシロキサンなどを;それぞれ挙げることができるほか、特開2010-97188号公報に記載のジアミンを用いることができる。
As aromatic diamines, for example, paraphenylenediamine, metaphenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4-aminophenyl-4'-aminobenzoate, 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene, 1,5-bis (4-amino). Phenoxy) pentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenoxy) heptane, bis [2- (4-aminophenyl) ethyl] hexanedioic acid, N, N-bis (4-aminophenyl) methylamine, 1,5 -Diaminonaphthalene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 4,4' -Diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (4-) Aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 4,4'-(p-phenylenediisopropyridene) bisaniline, 4,4'-(m-phenylenediisopropyriden) bisaniline, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, Main chain diamines such as 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl; side chain diamines in which a side chain structure having 6 or more carbon atoms is bonded to a diaminophenyl structure;
Examples of the diaminoorganosiloxane include 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) -tetramethyldisiloxane; and the diamine described in JP-A-2010-97188 can be used.

 ジアミン化合物[D]は、側鎖型ジアミンであることが好ましい。具体的には、ジアミン化合物[D]は、下記式(2)で表される部分構造を有することが好ましく、下記式(2)で表される部分構造を有する芳香族ジアミンであることがより好ましい。
 *-L-R-R-R-R  …(2)
(式(2)中、Lは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COO-*、-OCO-*、-NR-、-NR-CO-*、-CO-NR-*、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基、-O-R-*、又は-R-O-*(ただし、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~10の1価の炭化水素基であり、Rは炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基である。「*」は、Rとの結合手であることを示す。)である。R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、置換若しくは無置換のフェニレン基、又は置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキレン基であり、Rは、単結合、置換若しくは無置換のフェニレン基、置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキレン基、又は-R-B-R-(ただし、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、置換又は無置換のフェニレン基又はシクロアルキレン基であり、Bは単結合、-O-、-COO-*、-OCO-*、-OCH-*、-CHO-*、又は炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基である。「*」は、Rとの結合手であることを示す。)である。Rは、水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、CHCOO-*(「*」は、Rとの結合手であることを示す。)、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~18のフルオロアルコキシ基、ステロイド骨格を有する炭素数17~51の炭化水素基、又は、炭素数1~18のアルキル基が有する少なくとも1個の水素原子がシアノ基で置換された1価の基である。ただし、R、R及びRの全部が単結合である場合、Rは、炭素数6~18のアルキル基、炭素数6~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数6~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~18のフルオロアルコキシ基、ステロイド骨格を有する炭素数17~51の炭化水素基、又は、炭素数6~18のアルキル基が有する少なくとも1個の水素原子がシアノ基で置換された1価の基である。R、R及びRが有する置換又は無置換のフェニレン基と置換又は無置換のシクロアルキレン基との合計数が1個である場合、Rは、炭素数4~18のアルキル基、炭素数4~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数4~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数4~18のフルオロアルコキシ基、又は、炭素数4~18のアルキル基が有する少なくとも1個の水素原子がシアノ基で置換された1価の基である。「*」は結合手であることを示す。)
The diamine compound [D] is preferably a side chain diamine. Specifically, the diamine compound [D] preferably has a partial structure represented by the following formula (2), and more preferably an aromatic diamine having a partial structure represented by the following formula (2). preferable.
* -L 1- R 1- R 2- R 3- R 4 ... (2)
(In the formula (2), L 1 represents a single bond, -O -, - CO -, - COO- * 1, -OCO- * 1, -NR 5 -, - NR 5 -CO- * 1, -CO -NR 5- * 1 , alkanediyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -OR 6- * 1 , or -R 6 -O- * 1 (where R 5 is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms It is a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and R 6 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. “* 1 ” indicates that it is a bond with R 1. ). R 1 and R. 3 is an independently single-bonded, substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group, and R 2 is a single-bonded, substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, substituted or unsubstituted. cycloalkylene group, or -R 7 -B 1 -R 8 - (provided that, R 7 and R 8 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group or a cycloalkylene group, B 1 is a single bond, -O-, -COO- * 2 , -OCO- * 2 , -OCH 2- * 2 , -CH 2 O- * 2 , or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. "* 2 " is It indicates that it is a bond with R 8. ) R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and CH 3 COO- * 3 (“* 3 ” is a bond with R 3). An alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number having a steroid skeleton. It is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom of a hydrocarbon group having 17 to 51 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with a cyano group, except that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are used. When all of the above are single bonds, R 4 is an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and a fluoroalkoxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. , a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 17 to 51 having a steroid skeleton, or, .R 1 is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a cyano group of the alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, When the total number of the substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group and the substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group of R 2 and R 3 is 1, R 4 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 4 carbon atoms. ~ 18 fluoroalkyl groups, 4-18 carbon atoms alkoxy It is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom of a group, a fluoroalkoxy group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with a cyano group. "*" Indicates a bond. )

 上記式(2)において、置換フェニレン基及び置換シクロアルキレン基の環に結合する置換基は、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、フッ素原子又はシアノ基が好ましい。置換フェニレン基及び置換シクロアルキレン基のそれぞれが有する置換基の数は、好ましくは1個又は2個であり、より好ましくは1個である。
 Rが炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基又は炭素数1~18のフルオロアルコキシ基である場合、Rは直鎖状であることが好ましく、炭素数は、好ましくは2以上、より好ましくは3以上、更に好ましくは5以上である。
 重合体[P]の配合量がより少ない量でも優れた分散性を発現する点で、上記式(2)で表される基は、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1個が環構造を有しているか、又はRがステロイド骨格を有していることが好ましく、R、R及びRの合計の環構造が2個以上であるか、又はRがステロイド骨格を有していることがより好ましく、ステロイド骨格を有していることが更に好ましい。
In the above formula (2), the substituent bonded to the ring of the substituted phenylene group and the substituted cycloalkylene group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group. The number of substituents of each of the substituted phenylene group and the substituted cycloalkylene group is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
When R 4 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, R 4 is linear. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more.
The group represented by the above formula (2) has at least one ring of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in that excellent dispersibility is exhibited even when the amount of the polymer [P] blended is smaller. It preferably has a structure or R 4 has a steroid skeleton, and the total ring structure of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is two or more, or R 4 has a steroid skeleton. It is more preferable to have it, and it is further preferable to have a steroid skeleton.

 重合体[P]の面内配向をより高くでき、被分散体の分散性をより高くできる点で、ジアミン化合物[D2]は、上記のうち、上記式(2)で表される基がジアミノフェニル基に結合した芳香族ジアミン(すなわち、下記式(3)で表される化合物)であることが特に好ましい。この場合、2つの1級アミノ基の結合位置は特に限定されず、上記式(2)で表される基に対して、例えば2,4-位、2,5-位、3,5-位である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式(3)中、L、R、R、R及びRは、上記式(2)と同義である。) Of the above, the group represented by the above formula (2) is diamino in the diamine compound [D2] in that the in-plane orientation of the polymer [P] can be made higher and the dispersibility of the dispersion to be dispersed can be made higher. An aromatic diamine bonded to a phenyl group (that is, a compound represented by the following formula (3)) is particularly preferable. In this case, the bonding positions of the two primary amino groups are not particularly limited, and for example, the 2,4-position, 2,5-position, and 3,5-position with respect to the group represented by the above formula (2). Is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In formula (3), L 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are synonymous with the above formula (2).)

 ジアミン化合物[D2]の具体例としては、例えばヘキサノキシ-3,5-ジアミノベンゼン、ヘプタノキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、ドデカノキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、ペンタデカノキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、ヘキサデカノキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、オクタデカノキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、ペンタデカノキシ-2,5-ジアミノベンゼン、オクタデカノキシ-2,5-ジアミノベンゼン、コレスタニルオキシ-3,5-ジアミノベンゼン、コレステニルオキシ-3,5-ジアミノベンゼン、コレスタニルオキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、コレステニルオキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレステニル、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸ラノスタニル、3,6-ビス(4-アミノベンゾイルオキシ)コレスタン、3,6-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)コレスタン、2,4-ジアミノ-N,N-ジアリルアニリン、4-(4’-トリフルオロメトキシベンゾイロキシ)シクロヘキシル-3,5-ジアミノベンゾエート、1,1-ビス(4-((アミノフェニル)メチル)フェニル)-4-ブチルシクロヘキサン、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸=5ξ-コレスタン-3-イル、下記式(E-1)

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式(E-1)中、XI及びXIIは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-O-、*-COO-又は*-OCO-(ただし、「*」はXとの結合手を示す。)であり、Rは炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基であり、RIIは単結合又は炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基であり、R6は水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数1~20のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基又は炭素数1~20のフルオロアルコキシ基であり、aは0~2の整数であり、bは0~2の整数であり、dは0又は1である。但し、a及びbが同時に0になることはない。)
で表される化合物等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the diamine compound [D2] include hexanoxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, heptanoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecanoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, pentadecanoxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, and hexadecanoxy-. 2,4-Diaminobenzene, Octadecanoxy-2,4-Diaminobenzene, Pentadecanoxy-2,5-Diaminobenzene, Octadecanoxy-2,5-Diaminobenzene, Cholestanyloxy-3,5-Diaminobenzene, Cholestenyloxy-3 , 5-Diaminobenzene, cholestanyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholestenyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, cholestenyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, 3,5- Ranostanyl diaminobenzoate, 3,6-bis (4-aminobenzoyloxy) cholesterol, 3,6-bis (4-aminophenoxy) cholesterol, 2,4-diamino-N, N-diallylaniline, 4- (4' -Trifluoromethoxybenzoyloxy) cyclohexyl-3,5-diaminobenzoate, 1,1-bis (4-((aminophenyl) methyl) phenyl) -4-butylcyclohexane, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid = 5ξ- Benzene-3-yl, the following formula (E-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the formula (E-1), X I and X II are independently single-bonded, -O-, * -COO- or * -OCO- (where "*" is a bond with X I. shown.), and, R I is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R II is a single bond or an alkanediyl group having a carbon number of 1-3, R6 is hydrogen, 1 to 20 carbon atoms It is an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, where a is an integer of 0 to 2 and b is 0 to 2. It is an integer and d is 0 or 1. However, a and b cannot be 0 at the same time.)
Examples thereof include compounds represented by.

 上記式(E-1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、例えば下記式(E-1-1)~式(E-1-11)のそれぞれで表される化合物等が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(式(E-1-1)~式(E-1-11)中、Xは、-O-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-CH-又は-CH-OCO-であり、Rは上記式(E-1)と同義である。) Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (E-1) include compounds represented by each of the following formulas (E-1-1) to (E-1-11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In formulas (E-1-1) to (E-1-11), X 1 is -O-, -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -COO-CH 2- or -CH 2- It is OCO-, and R 6 is synonymous with the above formula (E-1).)

 重合体[P]における構造単位U2の含有割合は、被分散体の分散性(特に、有機溶媒系の分散媒への分散性)を十分に確保することができる点で、重合体[P]が有するジアミン化合物に由来する構造単位の全量(すなわち、構造単位U1と構造単位U2との合計量)に対し、0.5モル%以上であることが好ましく、1モル%以上であることがより好ましく、2モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、15モル%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、構造単位U2の含有割合は、被分散体の分散性(特に、水系の分散媒への分散性)をより良好にできる点で、重合体[P]が有するジアミン化合物に由来する構造単位の全量に対し、95モル%以下であることが好ましく、90モル%以下であることがより好ましく、80モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、50モル%以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、重合体[P]の合成に際し、ジアミン化合物[D2]としては、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The content ratio of the structural unit U2 in the polymer [P] is such that the dispersibility of the dispersant (particularly, the dispersibility of the organic solvent system in the dispersion medium) can be sufficiently ensured. It is preferably 0.5 mol% or more, and more preferably 1 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the structural units derived from the diamine compound (that is, the total amount of the structural unit U1 and the structural unit U2). Preferably, it is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 15 mol% or more. Further, the content ratio of the structural unit U2 is a structural unit derived from the diamine compound of the polymer [P] in that the dispersibility of the dispersant (particularly, the dispersibility in the aqueous dispersion medium) can be improved. It is preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, further preferably 80 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or less, based on the total amount of the above. In the synthesis of the polymer [P], the diamine compound [D2] may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 重合体[P]は、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である。重合体[P]は、例えば、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラカルボン酸ジエステル及びテトラカルボン酸ジエステルジハロゲン化物よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種のテトラカルボン酸誘導体と、ジアミン化合物とを原料組成に用いた重合により得ることができる。 The polymer [P] is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester and polyimide. The polymer [P] uses, for example, at least one tetracarboxylic acid derivative selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid diester and tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide, and a diamine compound as a raw material composition. It can be obtained by the polymerization.

[ポリアミック酸]
 重合体[P]がポリアミック酸である場合、当該ポリアミック酸(以下「ポリアミック酸[P]」ともいう。)は、例えばテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミン化合物とを反応させることにより得ることができる。
[Polyamic acid]
When the polymer [P] is a polyamic acid, the polyamic acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “polyamic acid [P]”) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound. ..

(テトラカルボン酸二無水物)
 重合体[P]の合成に使用するテトラカルボン酸二無水物は、特に限定されないが、例えば脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物などを挙げることができる。これらの具体例としては、脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物として、例えばブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物などを;
 脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物として、例えば1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-3a,4,5,9b-テトラヒドロナフト[1,2-c]フラン-1,3-ジオン、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-8-メチル-3a,4,5,9b-テトラヒドロナフト[1,2-c]フラン-1,3-ジオン、3-オキサビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン-2,4-ジオン-6-スピロ-3’-(テトラヒドロフラン-2’,5’-ジオン)、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロ-3-フラニル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物、3,5,6-トリカルボキシ-2-カルボキシメチルノルボルナン-2:3,5:6-二無水物、ビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸2:4,6:8-二無水物、ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸2:3,5:6-二無水物、4,9-ジオキサトリシクロ[5.3.1.02,6]ウンデカン-3,5,8,10-テトラオン、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクト-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、エチレンジアミン四酢酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、エチレングリコールビス(アンヒドロトリメリテート)、1,3-プロピレングリコールビス(アンヒドロトリメリテート)などを;
 芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物として、例えばピロメリット酸二無水物、4,4’-ビフタル酸二無水物、4,4’-カルボニルジフタル酸二無水物、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸二無水物、ナフタレン-1,4,5,8-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ナフタレン-1,4,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物などを;
それぞれ挙げることができるほか、特開2010-97188号公報に記載のテトラカルボン酸二無水物を用いることができる。
(Tetracarboxylic dianhydride)
The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polymer [P] is not particularly limited, and is, for example, an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, or an aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. You can mention things. Specific examples of these include aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride;
Examples of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-di). Oxo tetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho [1,2-c] furan-1,3-dione, 5- (2,5-dioxotetra-3-yl) -8 -Methyl-3a, 4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho [1,2-c] furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo [3.2.1] octane-2,4-dione-6-spirio -3'-( tetrahydrofuran-2', 5'-dione), 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid anhydride, 3 , 5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxymethylnorbornan-2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid 2: 4 , 6: 8-dianhydride, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid 2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo [5.3.1.0 2,6 ] Undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraone, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [2.2.2] Octo- 7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentantetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylene glycolbis (annehydrotri) Meritate), 1,3-propylene glycol bis (anhydrotrimeritate), etc .;
Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include, for example, pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4'-biphthalic dianhydride, 4,4'-carbonyldiphthalic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride. Anhydride, naphthalene-1,4,5,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, naphthalene-1,4,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc.;
In addition to each, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in JP-A-2010-97188 can be used.

 重合体[P]の合成に使用するテトラカルボン酸二無水物は、重合体[P]の分子鎖を剛直かつ一軸直線性の高い構造とし、重合体[P]を面内配向しやすくする観点から、上記のうち、下記式(t-1)~式(t-21)のそれぞれで表される部分構造を有する化合物(以下「特定テトラカルボン酸二無水物」ともいう。)であることが好ましい。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(式(t-1)~(t-21)中、「*」は、酸無水物基(-CO-O-CO-)が有するカルボニル基に結合する結合手であることを表す。) The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for the synthesis of the polymer [P] has a structure in which the molecular chain of the polymer [P] is rigid and highly uniaxially linear, so that the polymer [P] can be easily oriented in the plane. Therefore, among the above, the compound has a partial structure represented by each of the following formulas (t-1) to (t-21) (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride"). preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the formulas (t-1) to (t-21), "*" indicates a bond that binds to the carbonyl group of the acid anhydride group (-CO-O-CO-).)

 重合体[P]において、特定テトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する構造単位の含有割合は、被分散体の分散性をより高くする観点から、重合体[P]が有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する構造単位の全量に対して、20モル%以上とすることが好ましく、30モル%以上とすることがより好ましく、50モル%以上とすることが更に好ましい。また、特定テトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する構造単位の含有割合は、重合体[P]が有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する構造単位の全量に対して、100モル%以下とすることができる。なお、テトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、これらの1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 In the polymer [P], the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride is the tetracarboxylic dianhydride contained in the polymer [P] from the viewpoint of increasing the dispersibility of the dispersant. It is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 50 mol% or more, based on the total amount of the structural unit derived from. The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the specific tetracarboxylic dianhydride shall be 100 mol% or less with respect to the total amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride contained in the polymer [P]. Can be done. As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, one of these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 重合体[P]の合成に使用するテトラカルボン酸誘導体は、重合体[P]の分子鎖を剛直かつ一軸直線性の高い構造とし、重合体[P]を面内配向しやすくする(リオトロピック液晶性を示す)とともに、被分散体の分散性をより高めることができる点で、芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体を含むことが好ましく、上記式(t-1)~式(t-6)のそれぞれで表される部分構造を有する芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体を含むことが特に好ましい。重合体[P]における、芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体に由来する構造単位の含有割合は、重合体[P]が有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体に由来する構造単位の全量に対して、20モル%以上であることが好ましく、30モル%以上であることがより好ましく、50モル%以上であることが更に好ましい。なお、重合体[P]の合成に際し、芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The tetracarboxylic acid derivative used for the synthesis of the polymer [P] has a structure in which the molecular chain of the polymer [P] is rigid and highly uniaxially linear, and facilitates in-plane orientation of the polymer [P] (riotropic liquid crystal). It is preferable to contain an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative in that the dispersibility of the dispersant can be further enhanced, and the above formulas (t-1) to (t-6) are used. It is particularly preferable to contain an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative having the represented partial structure. The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative in the polymer [P] is 20 mol% or more with respect to the total amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid derivative contained in the polymer [P]. It is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more. In the synthesis of the polymer [P], one aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative may be used alone or two or more thereof may be used in combination.

(ポリアミック酸[P]の合成)
 ポリアミック酸[P]は、上記のようなテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミン化合物とを、必要に応じて分子量調整剤とともに反応させることによって得ることができる。ポリアミック酸[P]の合成反応に供されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物とジアミン化合物との使用割合は、ジアミン化合物のアミノ基1当量に対して、テトラカルボン酸二無水物の酸無水物基が、0.2~2当量となる割合が好ましく、0.3~1.2当量となる割合がより好ましい。
(Synthesis of polyamic acid [P])
The polyamic acid [P] can be obtained by reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride as described above with a diamine compound, if necessary, with a molecular weight modifier. The ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the synthesis reaction of the polyamic acid [P] is such that the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is used with respect to 1 equivalent of the amino group of the diamine compound. , 0.2 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.3 to 1.2 equivalents.

 ジアミン化合物が酸性官能基を有する場合、塩基を加えて中和させた後に上記反応を行ってもよい。塩基としては、第三級アミンが好ましく、トリエチルアミンが特に好ましい。塩基の使用割合は、酸性官能基に対して0.5~5当量となる割合が好ましく、1~2当量となる割合がさらに好ましい。同様に、ジアミン化合物が塩基性官能基を有する場合、酸を加えて中和させた後に上記反応を行ってもよい。酸としては、カルボン酸が好ましい。酸の使用割合は、塩基性官能基に対して0.5~5当量となる割合が好ましく、1~2当量となる割合がさらに好ましい。 When the diamine compound has an acidic functional group, the above reaction may be carried out after neutralizing by adding a base. As the base, a tertiary amine is preferable, and triethylamine is particularly preferable. The ratio of the base used is preferably 0.5 to 5 equivalents with respect to the acidic functional group, and more preferably 1 to 2 equivalents. Similarly, when the diamine compound has a basic functional group, the above reaction may be carried out after neutralization by adding an acid. As the acid, a carboxylic acid is preferable. The ratio of the acid used is preferably 0.5 to 5 equivalents with respect to the basic functional group, and more preferably 1 to 2 equivalents.

 分子量調整剤としては、例えば無水マレイン酸、無水フタル酸、無水イタコン酸などの酸一無水物、アニリン、シクロヘキシルアミン、n-ブチルアミンなどのモノアミン化合物、フェニルイソシアネート、ナフチルイソシアネートなどのモノイソシアネート化合物等を挙げることができる。分子量調整剤の使用割合は、使用するテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミンの合計100質量部に対して、20質量部以下とすることが好ましく、10質量部以下とすることがより好ましい。 Examples of the molecular weight adjusting agent include acid monoanhydrides such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride and itaconic anhydride, monoamine compounds such as aniline, cyclohexylamine and n-butylamine, and monoisocyanate compounds such as phenylisocyanate and naphthylisocyanate. Can be mentioned. The ratio of the molecular weight adjusting agent used is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine used.

 ポリアミック酸[P]の合成反応は、好ましくは有機溶媒中において行われる。このときの反応温度は、-20℃~150℃が好ましく、0~100℃がより好ましい。また、反応時間は、0.1~24時間が好ましく、0.5~12時間がより好ましい。 The synthetic reaction of polyamic acid [P] is preferably carried out in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably −20 ° C. to 150 ° C., more preferably 0 to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 24 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 12 hours.

 反応に使用する有機溶媒としては、例えば非プロトン性極性溶媒、フェノール系溶媒、アルコール、ケトン、エステル、エーテル、ハロゲン化炭化水素、炭化水素などを挙げることができる。これらの有機溶媒のうち、非プロトン性極性溶媒及びフェノール系溶媒よりなる群(第1群の有機溶媒)から選択される1種以上、又は、第1群の有機溶媒から選択される1種以上と、アルコール、ケトン、エステル、エーテル、ハロゲン化炭化水素及び炭化水素よりなる群(第2群の有機溶媒)から選択される1種以上との混合物を使用することが好ましい。後者の場合、第2群の有機溶媒の使用割合は、第1群の有機溶媒及び第2群の有機溶媒の合計量に対して、好ましくは50質量%以下であり、より好ましくは40質量%以下であり、更に好ましくは30質量%以下である。 Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include aprotic polar solvents, phenolic solvents, alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, and hydrocarbons. Among these organic solvents, one or more selected from the group consisting of aprotonic polar solvents and phenolic solvents (organic solvents of the first group), or one or more selected from the organic solvents of the first group. It is preferable to use a mixture of one or more selected from the group consisting of alcohol, ketone, ester, ether, halogenated hydrocarbon and hydrocarbon (organic solvent of the second group). In the latter case, the ratio of the organic solvent used in the second group to the total amount of the organic solvent in the first group and the organic solvent in the second group is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass. It is less than or equal to, more preferably 30% by mass or less.

 特に好ましい有機溶媒は、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、テトラメチル尿素、ヘキサメチルホスホルトリアミド、m-クレゾール、キシレノール及びハロゲン化フェノールよりなる群から選択される1種以上を溶媒として使用するか、あるいはこれらの1種以上と他の有機溶媒との混合物を、上記割合の範囲で使用することが好ましい。有機溶媒の使用量(a)は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミンの合計量(b)が、反応溶液の全量(a+b)に対して、0.1~50質量%になる量とすることが好ましい。 Particularly preferred organic solvents are N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, hexamethylphosphortriamide, m-cresol, xylenol. It is preferable to use one or more selected from the group consisting of and halogenated phenol as a solvent, or to use a mixture of one or more of these and another organic solvent in the above ratio range. The amount of the organic solvent used (a) is such that the total amount (b) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine is 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the total amount (a + b) of the reaction solution. Is preferable.

[ポリアミック酸エステル]
 重合体[P]がポリアミック酸エステルである場合、当該ポリアミック酸エステル(以下、「ポリアミック酸エステル[P]」ともいう。)は、例えば、[I]上記重合反応により得られたポリアミック酸[P]とエステル化剤とを反応させる方法、[II]テトラカルボン酸ジエステルとジアミンとを反応させる方法、[III]テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジハロゲン化物とジアミンとを反応させる方法、などによって得ることができる。ポリアミック酸エステル[P]は、アミック酸エステル構造のみを有していてもよく、アミック酸構造とアミック酸エステル構造とが併存していてもよい。
[Polyamic acid ester]
When the polymer [P] is a polyamic acid ester, the polyamic acid ester (hereinafter, also referred to as “polyamic acid ester [P]”) is, for example, [I] the polyamic acid [P] obtained by the above polymerization reaction. ] And an esterifying agent, [II] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine, [III] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide with a diamine, and the like. The polyamic acid ester [P] may have only the amic acid ester structure, or the amic acid structure and the amic acid ester structure may coexist.

[ポリイミド]
 重合体[P]がポリイミドである場合、当該ポリイミド(以下、「ポリイミド[P]」ともいう。)は、上記の如くして合成されたポリアミック酸[P]又はポリアミック酸エステル[P]を脱水閉環してイミド化することにより得ることができる。ポリイミド[P]は、その前駆体であるポリアミック酸[P]又はポリアミック酸エステル[P]が有していたアミック酸構造又はアミック酸エステル構造のすべてを脱水閉環した完全イミド化物であってもよく、アミック酸構造及びアミック酸エステル構造の一部のみを脱水閉環し、アミック酸構造又はアミック酸エステル構造とイミド環構造とが併存する部分イミド化物であってもよい。ポリイミド[P]は、被分散体の分散性を十分に高くするために、そのイミド化率が50%以上であることが好ましく、75%以上であることがより好ましく、85%以上であることが更に好ましく、90%以上であることが特に好ましい。このイミド化率は、ポリイミドのアミック酸構造及びアミック酸エステル構造の数とイミド環構造の数との合計に対するイミド環構造の数の占める割合を百分率で表したものである。
[Polyimide]
When the polymer [P] is a polyimide, the polyimide (hereinafter, also referred to as "polyimide [P]") dehydrates the polyamic acid [P] or the polyamic acid ester [P] synthesized as described above. It can be obtained by ring closure and imidization. The polyimide [P] may be a completely imidized product obtained by dehydrating and closing all of the amic acid structure or the amic acid ester structure of the polyamic acid [P] or the polyamic acid ester [P] which is the precursor thereof. , Only a part of the amic acid structure and the amic acid ester structure may be dehydrated and ring-closed, and the amic acid structure or the partially imidized product in which the amic acid ester structure and the imide ring structure coexist may be used. The imidization ratio of polyimide [P] is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 75% or more, and more preferably 85% or more in order to sufficiently increase the dispersibility of the dispersoid. Is more preferable, and 90% or more is particularly preferable. This imidization ratio is expressed as a percentage of the ratio of the number of imide ring structures to the total number of amic acid structures and amic acid ester structures of polyimide and the number of imide ring structures.

 ポリイミド[P]を得るための脱水閉環は、好ましくはポリアミック酸を加熱する方法により、又はポリアミック酸を有機溶媒に溶解し、この溶液中に脱水剤及び脱水閉環触媒の少なくともいずれかを添加し必要に応じて加熱する方法により行われる。 Dehydration ring closure to obtain polyimide [P] is preferably done by heating the polyamic acid, or by dissolving the polyamic acid in an organic solvent and adding at least one of a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring closure catalyst to this solution. It is carried out by a method of heating according to the above.

 ポリアミック酸の溶液中に脱水剤及び脱水閉環触媒を添加する方法において、脱水剤としては、例えば無水酢酸、無水プロピオン酸、無水トリフルオロ酢酸等の酸無水物を用いることができる。脱水剤の使用量は、ポリアミック酸のアミック酸構造の1モルに対して0.01~20モルとすることが好ましい。脱水閉環触媒としては、例えばピリジン、トリエチルアミン、1-メチルピペリジン等の塩基触媒、メタンスルホン酸、安息香酸等の酸触媒を用いることができる。脱水閉環触媒の使用量は、使用する脱水剤1モルに対して0.01~10モルとすることが好ましい。脱水閉環反応に用いられる有機溶媒としては、ポリアミック酸[P]の合成に用いられるものとして例示した有機溶媒を挙げることができる。脱水閉環反応の反応温度は、好ましくは0~200℃であり、より好ましくは10~150℃である。反応時間は、好ましくは1.0~120時間であり、より好ましくは2.0~30時間である。 In the method of adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst to a solution of polyamic acid, an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, or trifluoroacetic anhydride can be used as the dehydrating agent. The amount of the dehydrating agent used is preferably 0.01 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the amic acid structure of the polyamic acid. As the dehydration ring closure catalyst, for example, a base catalyst such as pyridine, triethylamine and 1-methylpiperidin, and an acid catalyst such as methanesulfonic acid and benzoic acid can be used. The amount of the dehydration ring closure catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10 mol with respect to 1 mol of the dehydrating agent used. Examples of the organic solvent used for the dehydration ring closure reaction include organic solvents exemplified as those used for the synthesis of polyamic acid [P]. The reaction temperature of the dehydration ring closure reaction is preferably 0 to 200 ° C, more preferably 10 to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 1.0 to 120 hours, more preferably 2.0 to 30 hours.

 なお、重合体[P]を含有する反応溶液は、そのまま分散組成物の調製に供してもよく、反応溶液中に含まれる重合体[P]を単離したうえで分散組成物の調製に供してもよく、又は単離した重合体[P]を精製したうえで分散組成物の調製に供してもよい。重合体[P]の単離及び精製は公知の方法に従って行うことができる。 The reaction solution containing the polymer [P] may be used as it is for the preparation of the dispersion composition, or the polymer [P] contained in the reaction solution may be isolated and then used for the preparation of the dispersion composition. Alternatively, the isolated polymer [P] may be purified and then subjected to preparation of a dispersion composition. Isolation and purification of the polymer [P] can be carried out according to a known method.

 以上のようにして得られる重合体[P]は、これを濃度10質量%の溶液としたときに、10~2000mPa・sの溶液粘度を持つものであることが好ましく、20~1000mPa・sの溶液粘度を持つものであることがより好ましい。なお、上記重合体の溶液粘度(mPa・s)は、当該重合体の良溶媒(例えば水など)を用いて調製した濃度10質量%の重合体溶液につき、E型回転粘度計を用いて25℃において測定した値である。 The polymer [P] obtained as described above preferably has a solution viscosity of 10 to 2000 mPa · s, preferably 20 to 1000 mPa · s, when a solution having a concentration of 10% by mass is used. It is more preferable that it has a solution viscosity. The solution viscosity (mPa · s) of the polymer was 25 by using an E-type rotational viscometer for a polymer solution having a concentration of 10% by mass prepared using a good solvent (for example, water) of the polymer. It is a value measured at ° C.

 重合体[P]のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~500,000であり、より好ましくは2,000~300,000である。また、Mwと、GPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量(Mn)との比で表される分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは15以下であり、より好ましくは10以下である。 The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer [P] measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000. Is. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) represented by the ratio of Mw to the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) measured by GPC is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less.

 ここで、被分散体の一つであるカーボンナノチューブは、導電性や耐熱性、強靭性、軽量化等において優れた性質をもつ。しかしながら、カーボンナノチューブは凝集性が高く、水系及び有機溶媒系のいずれの分散媒に対しても均一に分散されにくい。また、カーボンナノチューブの分散状態が良好でないと、その分散組成物を用いて得られた膜や配線において、カーボンナノチューブのもつ各種特性が十分に発現されないことが懸念される。この点、本開示の分散組成物は、分散剤として重合体[P]を含むことにより、カーボンナノチューブの分散性が水系及び有機溶媒系のいずれにおいても高く優れている。また、カーボンナノチューブと重合体[P]とを含有する分散組成物を用いることにより、導電性に優れた膜及び配線を形成することができる。 Here, carbon nanotubes, which are one of the dispersoids, have excellent properties in terms of conductivity, heat resistance, toughness, weight reduction, and the like. However, carbon nanotubes have high cohesiveness and are difficult to be uniformly dispersed in both aqueous and organic solvent-based dispersion media. Further, if the dispersed state of the carbon nanotubes is not good, there is a concern that various characteristics of the carbon nanotubes may not be sufficiently exhibited in the film or wiring obtained by using the dispersed composition. In this respect, the dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains the polymer [P] as a dispersant, so that the dispersibility of carbon nanotubes is high and excellent in both aqueous and organic solvent systems. Further, by using a dispersion composition containing carbon nanotubes and a polymer [P], a film and wiring having excellent conductivity can be formed.

 分散組成物における重合体[P]の含有割合は、被分散体の分散性を十分に確保する観点から、被分散体と重合体[P]との合計質量に対し、2質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、10質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、重合体[P]の含有割合は、被分散体の機能を十分に得る観点から、被分散体と重合体[P]との合計質量に対し、99.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、99質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 The content ratio of the polymer [P] in the dispersion composition is 2% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the dispersion to be dispersed and the polymer [P] from the viewpoint of sufficiently ensuring the dispersibility of the dispersion to be dispersed. It is preferable, it is more preferably 5% by mass or more, and further preferably 10% by mass or more. Further, the content ratio of the polymer [P] is 99.5% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the dispersion to be dispersed and the polymer [P] from the viewpoint of sufficiently obtaining the function of the dispersion to be dispersed. It is preferably 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 99% by mass or less.

 分散組成物における重合体[P]の含有割合は、分散媒と重合体[P]との合計量に対して0.05~30質量%であることが好ましい。重合体[P]によれば、比較的低い重合体濃度において被分散体の高い分散性を示す点で好ましい。また、分散組成物の粘度を低くできることから、基材上に塗膜を形成する際の塗布性が良好であり、0.1μm程度の薄膜を作成でき、工業的生産性に優れている。重合体[P]の含有割合は、分散媒と重合体[P]との合計質量に対して、より好ましくは0.1~25質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.2~20質量%である。 The content ratio of the polymer [P] in the dispersion composition is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the dispersion medium and the polymer [P]. According to the polymer [P], it is preferable in that it exhibits high dispersibility of the dispersion to be dispersed at a relatively low polymer concentration. Further, since the viscosity of the dispersion composition can be lowered, the coatability when forming a coating film on the substrate is good, and a thin film of about 0.1 μm can be produced, which is excellent in industrial productivity. The content ratio of the polymer [P] is more preferably 0.1 to 25% by mass, still more preferably 0.2 to 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the dispersion medium and the polymer [P]. is there.

 分散組成物の固形分濃度(すなわち、分散組成物の分散媒以外の成分の合計質量が分散組成物の全質量に占める割合)は、粘性や分散媒の揮発性等を考慮して適宜に選択されるが、好ましくは1~70質量%の範囲であり、より好ましくは3~50質量%の範囲であり、更に好ましくは5~40質量%の範囲である。本開示の分散組成物は、基材表面に塗布され、好ましくは分散媒が除去されることにより塗膜を形成する形態で用いられることがある。このとき、固形分濃度が1質量%以上であると、塗膜の膜厚が薄くなりすぎず、被分散体を含む塗膜を形成しやすくなる。一方、固形分濃度が70質量%以下であると、塗膜の膜厚が過大となりすぎず、良質な塗膜を形成しやすくなる。また、分散組成物の粘性が高くなりすぎず、塗布性の低下を抑制することができる。 The solid content concentration of the dispersion composition (that is, the ratio of the total mass of the components other than the dispersion medium of the dispersion composition to the total mass of the dispersion composition) is appropriately selected in consideration of the viscosity and the volatility of the dispersion medium. However, it is preferably in the range of 1 to 70% by mass, more preferably in the range of 3 to 50% by mass, and further preferably in the range of 5 to 40% by mass. The dispersion composition of the present disclosure may be applied to the surface of a substrate and preferably used in the form of forming a coating film by removing the dispersion medium. At this time, if the solid content concentration is 1% by mass or more, the film thickness of the coating film does not become too thin, and it becomes easy to form a coating film containing a dispersion. On the other hand, when the solid content concentration is 70% by mass or less, the film thickness of the coating film does not become excessive and it becomes easy to form a high-quality coating film. In addition, the viscosity of the dispersion composition does not become too high, and deterioration of coatability can be suppressed.

 本開示の分散組成物は、本開示の目的及び効果を妨げない範囲内において、分散剤として重合体[P]とは異なる分散剤(以下、「その他の分散剤」ともいう。)を含有していてもよい。その他の分散剤の含有割合は、分散組成物に含有される分散剤の全量に対して、10質量%以下であることが好ましく、5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、1質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains a dispersant different from the polymer [P] as a dispersant (hereinafter, also referred to as “other dispersant”) as long as the purpose and effect of the present disclosure are not impaired. You may be. The content ratio of the other dispersant is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and 1% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the dispersant contained in the dispersion composition. It is more preferable to have.

<その他の成分>
 本開示の分散組成物は、本開示の目的及び効果を妨げない範囲内において、(A)被分散体、(B)分散媒、及び(C)分散剤以外のその他の成分を含有していてもよい。その他の成分としては、例えば界面活性剤、充填剤、顔料、消泡剤、増感剤、酸化防止剤、密着助剤、帯電防止剤、レベリング剤、抗菌剤等が挙げられる。その他の成分の含有割合は、配合する各化合物に応じて、本開示の効果を妨げない範囲で適宜設定することができる。
<Other ingredients>
The dispersion composition of the present disclosure contains (A) a dispersant, (B) a dispersion medium, and other components other than (C) a dispersant within a range that does not interfere with the purpose and effect of the present disclosure. May be good. Examples of other components include surfactants, fillers, pigments, defoamers, sensitizers, antioxidants, adhesion aids, antistatic agents, leveling agents, antibacterial agents and the like. The content ratio of other components can be appropriately set according to each compound to be blended within a range that does not interfere with the effects of the present disclosure.

 分散組成物の調製方法は特に限定されず、公知の方法に従って行うことができる。例えば、被分散体と分散媒と分散剤とを混合し、必要に応じて加熱、撹拌等を行うことにより調製することができる。分散組成物を調製する際の温度は、好ましくは5~90℃であり、より好ましくは10~65℃である。被分散体と分散媒と分散剤とを混合する処理は、例えばホモジナイザーやビーズミル等を用いて行ってもよい。 The method for preparing the dispersion composition is not particularly limited, and the dispersion composition can be prepared according to a known method. For example, it can be prepared by mixing the dispersant, the dispersion medium, and the dispersant, and heating, stirring, or the like as necessary. The temperature at which the dispersion composition is prepared is preferably 5 to 90 ° C, more preferably 10 to 65 ° C. The treatment of mixing the dispersant, the dispersion medium, and the dispersant may be performed using, for example, a homogenizer or a bead mill.

 本開示の分散組成物は、高分子分散剤として重合体[P]を用いることにより被分散体の凝集を抑制し、これにより被分散体が安定に分散媒に分散されている。本開示の分散組成物を基材上に塗布し、好ましくは加熱して分散媒を除去することにより、基材上に被分散体を含む塗膜を形成することができる。また、本開示の分散組成物をそのまま又は他の分散液と混合して液状で用いることも可能である。 In the dispersion composition of the present disclosure, aggregation of the object to be dispersed is suppressed by using the polymer [P] as the polymer dispersant, whereby the object to be dispersed is stably dispersed in the dispersion medium. By applying the dispersion composition of the present disclosure on a substrate and preferably heating to remove the dispersion medium, a coating film containing a dispersion can be formed on the substrate. It is also possible to use the dispersion composition of the present disclosure as it is or by mixing it with another dispersion liquid in a liquid state.

 本開示の分散組成物は、被分散体の種類に応じて種々の用途に使用することができる。具体的には、透明導電膜、帯電防止膜、絶縁膜、保護膜、反射防止膜、着色膜、電界効果トランジスタ(FET)、タッチパネル、導電性インク、塗料、印刷用インキ、インクジェット塗布用インキ等に使用することができる。 The dispersion composition of the present disclosure can be used for various purposes depending on the type of the dispersion to be dispersed. Specifically, transparent conductive film, antistatic film, insulating film, protective film, antireflection film, coloring film, field effect transistor (FET), touch panel, conductive ink, paint, printing ink, ink for inkjet coating, etc. Can be used for.

≪第2実施形態≫
 次に、本開示の異方性膜の製造方法について説明する。本製造方法は、被分散体と分散媒とリオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物とを含有する分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる保持工程と、保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写する転写工程とを含む。以下、本製造方法の詳細について説明する。
<< Second Embodiment >>
Next, the method for producing the anisotropic membrane of the present disclosure will be described. In this production method, a holding step of holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion object, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of a holding body while applying shear stress, and dispersion held on the surface of the holding body. It includes a transfer step of transferring the composition onto a substrate. The details of this manufacturing method will be described below.

(保持工程)
 分散組成物に含有される被分散体及び分散媒については、上記第1実施形態の(A)被分散体、(B)分散媒の説明をそれぞれ援用することができる。
 リオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物(以下、「化合物(L)」ともいう)は、リオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物であれば特に限定されないが、重合体であることが好ましく、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種の重合体であることが好ましい。また、これらの中でも、化合物(L)は、下記式(1)で表されるジアミン化合物[D1]に由来する構造単位U1を有する重合体であることが特に好ましい。ジアミン化合物[D1]の説明については、上記第1実施形態のジアミン化合物[D1]の説明を適用することができる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式(1)中、nは0又は1である。nが0の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。nが1の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。) (Holding process)
Regarding the dispersion to be dispersed and the dispersion medium contained in the dispersion composition, the description of (A) the dispersion to be dispersed and (B) the dispersion medium of the first embodiment can be incorporated respectively.
The compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (L)”) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound exhibiting liotropic liquid crystallinity, but is preferably a polymer, and is a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester, and a polyimide. It is preferably at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of. Further, among these, the compound (L) is particularly preferably a polymer having a structural unit U1 derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1). As for the description of the diamine compound [D1], the description of the diamine compound [D1] of the first embodiment can be applied.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(If in the formula (1), n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ~ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When n is 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest. Are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms or monovalent organic groups.)

 化合物(L)は、化合物(L)を構成する全構造単位が構造単位U1である重合体であってもよく、構造単位U1とは異なる構造単位U2)を更に有する重合体[P]であってもよい。化合物(L)が構造単位U2を更に有する場合、構造単位U2及び重合体[P]の説明については、上記第1実施形態の説明を適用することができる。その他、化合物(L)の合成に用いるテトラカルボン酸に無水物や重合方法等の説明についても、上記第1実施形態の説明を適用することができる。 The compound (L) may be a polymer in which all the structural units constituting the compound (L) are the structural unit U1, and is a polymer [P] further having a structural unit U2) different from the structural unit U1. You may. When the compound (L) further has the structural unit U2, the description of the first embodiment can be applied to the description of the structural unit U2 and the polymer [P]. In addition, the description of the first embodiment can be applied to the description of the anhydride, the polymerization method, and the like for the tetracarboxylic acid used for the synthesis of the compound (L).

 分散組成物を保持させる保持体としては特に限定されないが、例えば、樹脂製、ゴム製、金属製等の回転体;平板等が挙げられる。保持体は、好ましくは回転体である。本工程では、せん断応力をかけながら分散組成物を保持体に供給することにより、分散組成物に保持体を保持させる。好ましい具体例では、保持体の表面に対向する位置に応力発生体を配置し、回転体と応力発生体との間を分散組成物が通過するように分散組成物を供給することによって行う。このとき、保持体表面の移動速度と応力発生体の表面の移動速度とを異ならせることにより、分散組成物にせん断応力が付与される。応力発生体の表面は、保持体表面の移動方向(保持体が回転体の場合には回転方向)と同じ方向に移動してもよく、保持体表面の移動方向とは逆方向に移動してもよい。また、応力発生体は、例えばハウジングやブレードであり、その位置が固定された部材であってもよい。 The holding body for holding the dispersion composition is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include rotating bodies made of resin, rubber, metal, etc .; flat plates and the like. The holder is preferably a rotating body. In this step, the dispersion composition is made to hold the holding body by supplying the dispersion composition to the holding body while applying shear stress. In a preferred embodiment, the stress generator is placed at a position facing the surface of the holding body, and the dispersion composition is supplied so that the dispersion composition passes between the rotating body and the stress generator. At this time, shear stress is applied to the dispersion composition by making the moving speed of the surface of the holding body different from the moving speed of the surface of the stress generating body. The surface of the stress generating body may move in the same direction as the moving direction of the holding body surface (rotating direction when the holding body is a rotating body), and moves in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the holding body surface. May be good. Further, the stress generator may be, for example, a housing or a blade, and may be a member whose position is fixed.

 保持体表面に保持させる分散組成物の量は、保持体表面と応力発生体の表面との隙間の大きさに応じて適宜調整することができる。隙間は、例えば0.01~5μmである。応力発生体は、保持体表面に保持される分散組成物の量を調整する保持量調整部としても機能することが好ましい。 The amount of the dispersion composition to be retained on the surface of the retainer can be appropriately adjusted according to the size of the gap between the surface of the retainer and the surface of the stress generator. The gap is, for example, 0.01 to 5 μm. It is preferable that the stress generator also functions as a holding amount adjusting unit for adjusting the amount of the dispersion composition held on the surface of the holding body.

 あるいは、バーコート法やスリットコート法等を用いて、保持体としての平板に対して、せん断応力を付与しながら分散組成物を塗布し、塗膜を形成することにより、保持体に分散組成物を保持させてもよい。 Alternatively, by using a bar coating method, a slit coating method, or the like, the dispersion composition is applied to the flat plate as the retainer while applying shear stress to form a coating film, thereby forming the dispersion composition on the retainer. May be retained.

(転写工程)
 本工程では、保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写する。基材としては、例えば、フロートガラス、ソーダガラス等のガラス;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリカーボネート、ポリ(脂環式オレフィン)等のプラスチックからなる透明基材が挙げられる。保持体表面の分散組成物と基材とを接触させながら、好ましくは保持体に対して基材を相対的に移動させることにより、分散組成物を基材に転写することができる。分散組成物を基材に転写する際には、保持体に対向する位置において、基材を挟んで保持体とは反対側から保持体を加圧することにより転写を行ってもよい。
(Transfer process)
In this step, the dispersion composition retained on the surface of the retainer is transferred onto the substrate. Examples of the base material include glass such as float glass and soda glass; and a transparent base material made of plastic such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether sulfone, polycarbonate, and poly (aliphatic olefin). The dispersion composition can be transferred to the substrate by bringing the dispersion composition on the surface of the retainer into contact with the substrate and preferably moving the substrate relative to the retainer. When the dispersion composition is transferred to the substrate, the transfer may be performed by pressing the retainer from the side opposite to the retainer across the substrate at a position facing the retainer.

 基材に転写した塗膜を、好ましくは加熱することにより、基材上に異方性膜を形成することができる。このときの加熱温度は、例えば30~180℃であり、より好ましくは40~150℃である。加熱時間は、例えば1~30分である。形成される異方性膜の膜厚は、好ましくは0.05~5μmである。 An anisotropic film can be formed on the base material by preferably heating the coating film transferred to the base material. The heating temperature at this time is, for example, 30 to 180 ° C, more preferably 40 to 150 ° C. The heating time is, for example, 1 to 30 minutes. The film thickness of the anisotropic film formed is preferably 0.05 to 5 μm.

 次に、本製造方法を利用して基材上に異方性膜を形成する異方性膜形成装置について説明する。本開示の異方性膜形成装置は、被分散体と分散媒とリオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物とを含有する分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる保持部と、保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写させる転写部と、を備える。 Next, an anisotropic film forming apparatus for forming an anisotropic film on a base material using the present manufacturing method will be described. The anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure includes a holding portion for holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion object, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of the holding body while applying shear stress, and a holding body. A transfer unit for transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface onto the substrate is provided.

 本開示の異方性膜形成装置を印刷方式のせん断塗布装置に具体化した実施形態について、図1を用いて説明する。 An embodiment in which the anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure is embodied in a printing type shear coating apparatus will be described with reference to FIG.

 図1に示すように、せん断塗布装置10は、ロールコータ方式であり、コーティングロール11と、ドクターロール12と、バックアップロール13とを備えている。コーティングロール11は、表層部分が例えばゴム層からなる回転体であり、その表面に分散組成物20が塗布される。 As shown in FIG. 1, the shear coating device 10 is a roll coater type, and includes a coating roll 11, a doctor roll 12, and a backup roll 13. The coating roll 11 is a rotating body whose surface layer portion is, for example, a rubber layer, and the dispersion composition 20 is applied to the surface thereof.

 ドクターロール12は、例えば金属製の回転体であり、コーティングロール11に対向する位置に配置されている。せん断塗布装置10においては、コーティングロール11とドクターロール12との隙間に分散組成物20が供給されることにより、コーティングロール11の表面に分散組成物20が塗布され、塗膜が形成される。ドクターロール12は、コーティングロール表面における余剰の分散組成物を掻き落とすことにより、コーティングロール11の表面の塗布量(すなわち膜厚)を調整する。なお、塗布量は、コーティングロール11とドクターロール12との隙間の大きさや、ドクターロール12の回転速度のほか、分散組成物20の粘度等によって調整可能である。 The doctor roll 12 is, for example, a metal rotating body, and is arranged at a position facing the coating roll 11. In the shear coating device 10, the dispersion composition 20 is supplied to the gap between the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12, so that the dispersion composition 20 is applied to the surface of the coating roll 11 to form a coating film. The doctor roll 12 adjusts the coating amount (that is, the film thickness) on the surface of the coating roll 11 by scraping off the excess dispersion composition on the surface of the coating roll 11. The coating amount can be adjusted by adjusting the size of the gap between the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12, the rotation speed of the doctor roll 12, the viscosity of the dispersion composition 20, and the like.

 コーティングロール11及びドクターロール12の回転方向は、互いに同一方向でもよく、逆方向でもよい。本実施形態では、コーティングロール11の回転方向と、ドクターロール12の回転方向とが同一の方向になっている。また、コーティングロール11の回転速度V1とドクターロール12の回転速度V2とは異なり、例えば回転速度V1よりも回転速度V2の方が速くなっている。なお、コーティングロール11及びドクターロール12のうち少なくともいずれかが正逆回転可能であってもよい。コーティングロール11が「保持体」に相当し、ドクターロール12が「応力発生体」に相当する。 The rotation directions of the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 may be the same or opposite to each other. In the present embodiment, the rotation direction of the coating roll 11 and the rotation direction of the doctor roll 12 are the same direction. Further, unlike the rotation speed V1 of the coating roll 11 and the rotation speed V2 of the doctor roll 12, the rotation speed V2 is faster than the rotation speed V1, for example. At least one of the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 may be rotatable in the forward and reverse directions. The coating roll 11 corresponds to the "retainer" and the doctor roll 12 corresponds to the "stress generator".

 バックアップロール13は、基材30の搬送経路に対しコーティングロール11とは反対側に、コーティングロール11に対向する位置に配置されている。なお、図1中の矢印は、基材30の移動方向を示している。バックアップロール13は、基材30における塗布面とは反対側の面から基材30を押圧する。これにより、コーティングロール11に対して基材30が相対的に移動することに伴い、コーティングロール11と基材30との接触部19において、コーティングロール11の表面の塗膜が基材30の表面に転写され、基材30の表面上に異方性膜21が形成される。 The backup roll 13 is arranged at a position opposite to the coating roll 11 with respect to the transport path of the base material 30 and facing the coating roll 11. The arrows in FIG. 1 indicate the moving direction of the base material 30. The backup roll 13 presses the base material 30 from the surface of the base material 30 opposite to the coated surface. As a result, as the base material 30 moves relative to the coating roll 11, the coating film on the surface of the coating roll 11 becomes the surface of the base material 30 at the contact portion 19 between the coating roll 11 and the base material 30. The anisotropic film 21 is formed on the surface of the base material 30.

 ここで、コーティングロール11の回転に伴い、コーティングロール11の表面には、分散組成物20からなる塗膜が形成される。その際、分散組成物20の層を介してコーティングロール11とドクターロール12とが接触する接触部18では、ドクターロール12の回転により分散組成物20にせん断応力が付与されて、コーティングロール11の表面における余剰の分散組成物20が掻き落とされる。このせん断応力によって、分散組成物20からなる塗膜では、塗膜中の化合物(L)が一軸配向するとともに、化合物(L)の分子鎖に沿って被分散体が配列する。分散組成物20からなる塗膜に対し、せん断応力を十分に付与できる点で、コーティングロール11及びドクターロール12の回転方向は互いに同一方向であることが好ましい。その後、コーティングロール11の表面に形成された塗膜が、コーティングロール11における基材30との接触部19で転写されることにより、基材30上に異方性膜21が形成される。 Here, as the coating roll 11 rotates, a coating film made of the dispersion composition 20 is formed on the surface of the coating roll 11. At that time, in the contact portion 18 where the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 come into contact with each other through the layer of the dispersion composition 20, shear stress is applied to the dispersion composition 20 by the rotation of the doctor roll 12, and the coating roll 11 is subjected to shear stress. The excess dispersion composition 20 on the surface is scraped off. Due to this shear stress, in the coating film composed of the dispersion composition 20, the compound (L) in the coating film is uniaxially oriented, and the dispersion to be dispersed is arranged along the molecular chain of the compound (L). It is preferable that the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 rotate in the same direction from each other in that a sufficient shear stress can be applied to the coating film made of the dispersion composition 20. After that, the coating film formed on the surface of the coating roll 11 is transferred at the contact portion 19 with the base material 30 on the coating roll 11, so that the anisotropic film 21 is formed on the base material 30.

 上述したせん断塗布装置10では、分散剤として化合物(L)を含む分散組成物を、せん断応力を付与しながらコーティングロール11上に塗布して塗膜を形成した後、その塗膜を基材30上に転写することにより基材30上に異方性膜を形成する構成とした。この構成によれば、保持体としてのコーティングロール11上に仮形成した塗膜を基材30に転写する工程を含むことにより、異方性膜を直接基材上に形成した場合に比べて、導電異方性、偏光吸収特性、伝熱異方性、デガス耐性等といった各種特性に優れた異方性膜を得ることができる。特に、保持体として回転体であるコーティングロール11を用いることにより、各種特性の向上効果を高くできる点で好適である。 In the shear coating device 10 described above, a dispersion composition containing the compound (L) as a dispersant is applied onto the coating roll 11 while applying shear stress to form a coating film, and then the coating film is applied to the base material 30. An anisotropic film was formed on the base material 30 by transferring it onto the substrate 30. According to this configuration, as compared with the case where the anisotropic film is directly formed on the base material by including the step of transferring the coating film temporarily formed on the coating roll 11 as the retainer to the base material 30. An anisotropic film having excellent various characteristics such as conductivity anisotropy, polarization absorption characteristics, heat transfer anisotropy, and degas resistance can be obtained. In particular, by using the coating roll 11 which is a rotating body as the holding body, it is preferable in that the effect of improving various characteristics can be enhanced.

 なお、分散組成物20の層を介してコーティングロール11とドクターロール12とが接触する接触部18が、「分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる保持部」に相当し、コーティングロール11における基材30との接触部19が、「保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写させる転写部」に相当する。 The contact portion 18 in which the coating roll 11 and the doctor roll 12 come into contact with each other via the layer of the dispersion composition 20 corresponds to a "holding portion for holding the dispersion composition on the surface of the holding body while applying shear stress". The contact portion 19 of the coating roll 11 with the base material 30 corresponds to a “transfer portion for transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface of the retainer onto the base material”.

 次に、本開示の異方性膜形成装置をディスペンサ方式のせん断塗布装置に具体化した実施形態について、図2を用いて説明する。 Next, an embodiment in which the anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure is embodied in a dispenser type shear coating apparatus will be described with reference to FIG.

 図2において、せん断塗布装置100は、ボールペン型の塗布装置であり、本体部101と、ボール102とを備えている。本体部101は細長の筒状体であり、その内部に、分散組成物200を収容する収容部103が形成されている。また、本体部101における軸線方向の先端部には、ボール102を回転可能に保持するボール保持部104が設けられている。このボール保持部104とボール102の円周面との間には僅かな隙間が形成されており、その隙間に、収容部103に充填された分散組成物200が入り込み可能になっている。 In FIG. 2, the shear coating device 100 is a ballpoint pen type coating device, and includes a main body 101 and a ball 102. The main body 101 is an elongated tubular body, and a housing 103 for accommodating the dispersion composition 200 is formed inside the main body 101. Further, a ball holding portion 104 for rotatably holding the ball 102 is provided at the tip portion of the main body portion 101 in the axial direction. A slight gap is formed between the ball holding portion 104 and the circumferential surface of the ball 102, and the dispersion composition 200 filled in the accommodating portion 103 can enter the gap.

 せん断塗布装置100を用いて基材30の表面上に異方性膜を形成するには、せん断塗布装置100のボール102と基材30とを接触させ、基材30に対してせん断塗布装置100を相対的に移動させることにより行う(例えば、図2中のA方向)。これにより、ボール102が回転し、その回転に伴い、収容部103に充填された分散組成物200がボール102の表面に付着する。その際、分散組成物20の層を介してボール102とボール保持部104とが接触する接触する接触部105では、ボール102の回転により、ボール収容部104から分散組成物20にせん断応力が付与される。このせん断応力によって、ボール102の表面に形成される塗膜では、分散組成物中の化合物(L)が一軸配向するとともに、化合物(L)の分子鎖に沿って被分散体が配列する。その後、ボール102の表面に形成された塗膜が、基材30との接触部106で転写されることにより、基材30上に異方性膜201が形成される。なお、図2中、矢印Bは、せん断塗布装置100により基材30の表面上に異方性膜201を形成している状態において、収容部103内の分散組成物200が移動する方向を表す。 In order to form an anisotropic film on the surface of the base material 30 using the shear coating device 100, the balls 102 of the shear coating device 100 and the base material 30 are brought into contact with each other, and the shear coating device 100 is brought into contact with the base material 30. Is relatively moved (for example, in the A direction in FIG. 2). As a result, the balls 102 rotate, and along with the rotation, the dispersion composition 200 filled in the accommodating portion 103 adheres to the surface of the balls 102. At that time, in the contact portion 105 in which the balls 102 and the ball holding portion 104 come into contact with each other through the layer of the dispersion composition 20, shear stress is applied from the ball accommodating portion 104 to the dispersion composition 20 by the rotation of the balls 102. Will be done. In the coating film formed on the surface of the balls 102 due to this shear stress, the compound (L) in the dispersion composition is uniaxially oriented, and the dispersion to be dispersed is arranged along the molecular chain of the compound (L). After that, the coating film formed on the surface of the ball 102 is transferred at the contact portion 106 with the base material 30, so that the anisotropic film 201 is formed on the base material 30. In FIG. 2, the arrow B indicates the direction in which the dispersion composition 200 in the accommodating portion 103 moves in a state where the anisotropic film 201 is formed on the surface of the base material 30 by the shear coating device 100. ..

 以上説明したせん断塗布装置100によれば、各種特性に優れた異方性膜を基材30に対し簡易に形成することができる。また、配線のように幅の狭い異方性膜を形成する場合にも、ボール102を基材30に接触させながらせん断塗布装置100を基材30に対して移動させるという簡便な操作によって、基材30上に異方性膜201を形成することができる点で優れている。なお、分散組成物20の層を介してボール102とボール保持部104とが接触する接触部105が、「分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる保持部」に相当し、ボール102における基材30との接触部106が、「保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写させる転写部」に相当する。ボール102が「保持体」に相当し、ボール収容部104が「応力発生体」に相当する。 According to the shear coating apparatus 100 described above, an anisotropic film having excellent various properties can be easily formed on the base material 30. Further, even when forming an anisotropic film having a narrow width such as wiring, the shear coating device 100 is moved with respect to the base material 30 while the balls 102 are in contact with the base material 30. It is excellent in that the anisotropic film 201 can be formed on the material 30. The contact portion 105 in which the balls 102 and the ball holding portion 104 come into contact with each other via the layer of the dispersion composition 20 corresponds to "a holding portion that holds the dispersion composition on the surface of the holder while applying shear stress". The contact portion 106 of the ball 102 with the base material 30 corresponds to a “transfer portion for transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface of the holding body onto the base material”. The ball 102 corresponds to the "holding body", and the ball accommodating portion 104 corresponds to the "stress generating body".

 ここで、リオトロピック液晶性を示す材料は、スリットコート法やバーコート法等を用いて、せん断応力を付与しながら基材に塗布することによって、リオトロピック液晶性を示す材料が一軸配向した塗膜を得ることができる。しかしながら、スリットコート法やバーコート法によって基材上に塗膜を形成する場合、例えば、空気との接触面側において疎水性の高い空気から受ける影響によって疎水性基が極角に配向するなど、空気との接触面側において配向が乱れやすく、異方性が低下することによって所望の特性を十分に得ることができないことが考えられる。また、塗布性についても、スリットコート法やバーコート法では、濡れ性が十分でない基材に対して塗膜の形成が困難であったり、異形基材や曲面基材に対して塗布が困難であったりすることがある。 Here, the material exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity is applied to a base material while applying shear stress by using a slit coating method, a bar coating method, or the like, thereby forming a coating film in which the material exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity is uniaxially oriented. Obtainable. However, when a coating film is formed on a base material by the slit coating method or the bar coating method, for example, the hydrophobic groups are oriented at a polar angle due to the influence of highly hydrophobic air on the contact surface side with air. It is conceivable that the orientation is easily disturbed on the contact surface side with air, and the anisotropy is lowered, so that the desired characteristics cannot be sufficiently obtained. As for the coatability, the slit coating method and the bar coating method make it difficult to form a coating film on a substrate having insufficient wettability, or it is difficult to coat a deformed substrate or a curved substrate. There may be.

 これに対し、本開示の異方性膜の製造方法及び異方性膜形成装置によれば、せん断塗布方式と転写方式とを組み合わせることにより、導電異方性、偏光吸収特性、伝熱異方性、デガス耐性等といった各種特性に優れた異方性膜を得ることができる。したがって、本開示の異方性膜の製造方法及び異方性膜形成装置により得られる異方性膜は、例えば、偏光フィルムや位相差フィルム、圧電フィルム、異方性導電フィルム、異方性熱伝導性フィルム、異方性磁気フィルム等の各種の異方性膜として用いることができる。 On the other hand, according to the method for producing an anisotropic film and the anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure, by combining the shear coating method and the transfer method, conductivity anisotropy, polarization absorption characteristics, and heat transfer anisotropy An anisotropic film having excellent properties such as properties and resistance to degas can be obtained. Therefore, the anisotropic film obtained by the method for producing an anisotropic film and the anisotropic film forming apparatus of the present disclosure is, for example, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a piezoelectric film, an anisotropic conductive film, or anisotropic heat. It can be used as various anisotropic films such as a conductive film and an anisotropic magnetic film.

 なお、転写工程を含む製造方法によれば、導電異方性等の各種特性が向上された異方性膜を得ることができた理由は定かではないが、1つの理由として、転写によって化合物(L)の一軸配向性が向上し、これにより被分散体の分散性及び配向性が向上したことが考えられる。特に、保持体として回転体を用いた場合、一軸配向性が更に向上し、各種特性を更に向上できたものと考えられる。 It is not clear why an anisotropic film having improved various properties such as conductivity anisotropy could be obtained by the production method including the transfer step, but one reason is that the compound ( It is considered that the uniaxial orientation of L) was improved, and thereby the dispersibility and orientation of the object to be dispersed were improved. In particular, when a rotating body is used as the holding body, it is considered that the uniaxial orientation is further improved and various characteristics are further improved.

 以下、実施例により更に具体的に説明するが、本開示の内容はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present disclosure will be described in more detail with reference to Examples, but the contents of the present disclosure are not limited to these Examples.

 以下の例において、重合体の重量平均分子量Mw及びイミド化率は、以下の方法により測定した。以下の例で用いた原料化合物及び重合体の必要量は、下記の合成例に示す合成スケールでの合成を必要に応じて繰り返すことにより確保した。 In the following example, the weight average molecular weight Mw and the imidization rate of the polymer were measured by the following methods. The required amounts of the raw material compounds and polymers used in the following examples were secured by repeating the synthesis on the synthetic scale shown in the following synthesis examples as necessary.

[重合体の重量平均分子量Mw]
 重量平均分子量Mwは、以下の条件におけるGPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 カラム:東ソー(株)製、TSKgelGRCXLII
 溶剤:リチウムブロミド及びリン酸含有のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド溶液
 温度:40℃
 圧力:68kgf/cm
[重合体のイミド化率]
 ポリイミドを含有する溶液を純水に投入し、得られた沈殿を室温で十分に減圧乾燥した後、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシドに溶解し、テトラメチルシランを基準物質として室温でH-NMRを測定した。得られたH-NMRスペクトルから、下記数式(EX-1)を用いてイミド化率を求めた。
 イミド化率(%)=(((1-E)/E)×α)×100  
                                                       …(EX-1)
(数式(EX-1)中、Eは化学シフト10ppm付近に現れるNH基のプロトン由来のピーク面積であり、Eはその他のプロトン由来のピーク面積であり、αは重合体の前駆体(ポリアミック酸)におけるNH基のプロトン1個に対するその他のプロトンの個数割合である。)
 なお、以下では、式(X)で表される化合物を単に「化合物(X)」と略すことがある。
[Weight average molecular weight Mw of polymer]
The weight average molecular weight Mw is a polystyrene-equivalent value measured by GPC under the following conditions.
Column: Made by Tosoh Corporation, TSKgelGRCXLII
Solvent: N, N-dimethylformamide solution containing lithium bromide and phosphoric acid Temperature: 40 ° C
Pressure: 68 kgf / cm 2
[Imidization rate of polymer]
A solution containing polyimide is put into pure water, the obtained precipitate is sufficiently dried under reduced pressure at room temperature, dissolved in deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide, and 1 H-NMR is measured at room temperature using tetramethylsilane as a reference substance. did. From the obtained 1 H-NMR spectrum, the imidization ratio was determined using the following mathematical formula (EX-1).
Imidization rate (%) = (((1-E 1 ) / E 2 ) x α) x 100
… (EX-1)
(In the formula (EX-1), E 1 is the peak area derived from the proton of the NH group appearing near the chemical shift of 10 ppm, E 2 is the peak area derived from other protons, and α is the precursor of the polymer (α). The ratio of the number of other protons to one proton of the NH group in polyamic acid).
In the following, the compound represented by the formula (X) may be simply abbreviated as "compound (X)".

[第1実施例]
1.重合体の合成
[合成例1:ポリアミック酸の合成]
 ピロメリット酸二無水物36.77g(95モル部)、2,5-ジアミノベンゼンスルホン酸6.68g(20モル部)、及び2,4-ジアミノ-ヘプチルオキシベンゼン31.56g(80モル部)をN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)425gに溶解し、室温で6時間反応を行った。反応混合物を大過剰のメタノール中に注ぎ、反応生成物を沈澱させた。この沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄し、減圧下40℃で15時間乾燥することにより、ポリアミック酸(以下、重合体(PAA-1)とする。)を68g得た。
[First Example]
1. 1. Synthesis of polymer [Synthesis example 1: Synthesis of polyamic acid]
36.77 g (95 mol parts) of pyromellitic acid dianhydride, 6.68 g (20 mol parts) of 2,5-diaminobenzenesulfonic acid, and 31.56 g (80 mol parts) of 2,4-diamino-heptyloxybenzene. Was dissolved in 425 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), and the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the reaction product. The precipitate was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 40 ° C. for 15 hours to obtain 68 g of polyamic acid (hereinafter referred to as polymer (PAA-1)).

[合成例2:ポリイミドの合成]
 2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物26.32g(95モル部)、2,5-ジアミノベンゼンスルホン酸23.03g(99モル部)、及び3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル0.65g(1モル部)をN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)200gに溶解し、室温で6時間反応を行った。重合体濃度が20質量%のポリアミック酸溶液を得た。得られたポリアミック酸溶液にNMPを250g加えた後、ピリジン46.4g及び無水酢酸36.0gを加え、110℃で4時間反応させた。次いで、反応混合物を大過剰のメタノール中に注ぎ、反応生成物を沈澱させた。回収した沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄した後、減圧下100℃で乾燥することにより、ポリイミド(以下、重合体(PI-1)とする。)を45g得た。得られた重合体(PI-1)のイミド化率は99%であった。
[Synthesis Example 2: Polyimide Synthesis]
26.32 g (95 mol parts) of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride, 23.03 g (99 mol parts) of 2,5-diaminobenzenesulfonic acid, and cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate 0. 65 g (1 mol) was dissolved in 200 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), and the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 6 hours. A polyamic acid solution having a polymer concentration of 20% by mass was obtained. After adding 250 g of NMP to the obtained polyamic acid solution, 46.4 g of pyridine and 36.0 g of acetic anhydride were added, and the mixture was reacted at 110 ° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the reaction product. The recovered precipitate was washed with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain 45 g of polyimide (hereinafter referred to as polymer (PI-1)). The imidization rate of the obtained polymer (PI-1) was 99%.

[合成例3~9]
 反応に使用するテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミン化合物の種類及び量を下記表1の通り変更した以外は合成例2と同様にしてポリイミド(重合体(PI-2)~(PI-6)、(pi-1)、(pi-2))を得た。各ポリイミドのイミド化率を下記表1に併せて示した。
[合成例10]
 反応に使用するテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミン化合物の種類及び量を下記表1の通り変更した以外は合成例1と同様にしてポリアミック酸(重合体(paa-1))を得た。
[Synthesis Examples 3-9]
Polyimides (polymers (PI-2) to (PI-6)) are the same as in Synthesis Example 2 except that the types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the reaction are changed as shown in Table 1 below. (Pi-1) and (pi-2)) were obtained. The imidization ratio of each polyimide is also shown in Table 1 below.
[Synthesis Example 10]
A polyamic acid (polymer (paa-1)) was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the reaction were changed as shown in Table 1 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014

 表1中の数値は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物については、反応に使用したテトラカルボン酸二無水物の合計量に対する使用割合(モル%)を示し、ジアミン化合物については、反応に使用したジアミン化合物の合計量に対する使用割合(モル%)を示す。表1中のテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミン化合物の略称は以下の通りである。
(テトラカルボン酸二無水物)
AN-1; 2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物
AN-2; ピロメリット酸二無水物
AN-3; 1,3-プロピレングリコールビス(アンヒドロトリメリテート)
(ジアミン化合物)
DA-1; 2,5-ジアミノベンゼンスルホン酸
DA-2; 2,5-ジアミノ安息香酸
DA-3; 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル
DA-4; コレスタニルオキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン
DA-5; 下記式(DA-5)で表される化合物
DA-6; 2,4-ジアミノ-ヘプチルオキシベンゼン
DA-7; パラフェニレンジアミン

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
The numerical values in Table 1 indicate the ratio (mol%) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction to the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction, and for the diamine compound, the diamine compound used in the reaction. The usage ratio (mol%) to the total amount of. The abbreviations of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in Table 1 are as follows.
(Tetracarboxylic dianhydride)
AN-1; 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetate dianhydride AN-2; pyromellitic dianhydride AN-3; 1,3-propylene glycol bis (anhydrotrimeritate)
(Diamine compound)
DA-1; 2,5-diaminobenzenesulfonic acid DA-2; 2,5-diaminobenzoic acid DA-3; 3,5-diaminobenzoate cholestanyl DA-4; cholestanyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene DA -5; Compound DA-6 represented by the following formula (DA-5); 2,4-diamino-heptyloxybenzene DA-7; Paraphenylenediamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

2.CNT含有分散組成物の作製及び評価
[実施例1]
(1)分散組成物の調製
 マルチウォールカーボンナノチューブ(MWNT)5質量部、及び合成例2で得た重合体(PI-1)95質量部が入った容器に、溶媒として蒸留水400質量部を加えた。次いで、10分間、超音波分散を行い、分散組成物(S-1)を調製した。
2. 2. Preparation and Evaluation of CNT-Containing Dispersion Composition [Example 1]
(1) Preparation of dispersion composition 400 parts by mass of distilled water as a solvent is placed in a container containing 5 parts by mass of multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWNT) and 95 parts by mass of the polymer (PI-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. added. Then, ultrasonic dispersion was performed for 10 minutes to prepare a dispersion composition (S-1).

(2)CNT分散性の評価(水系)
 上記(1)で得た分散組成物(S-1)を平坦な場所に1日静置させた。評価は、初期の分散状態を保っていれば「良好(○)」、沈降や凝集が見られた場合は「不良(×)」とした。その結果、この分散組成物(S-1)のCNT分散性は「良好(○)」であった。
(3)CNT分散性の評価(有機溶媒系)
 上記(1)で溶媒として用いた蒸留水の代わりにシクロペンタノンを用いた以外は上記(1)と同様にして分散組成物を調製した。得られた分散組成物を平坦な場所に静置し、時間経過に伴う分散状態を観察した。評価は、1週間後に初期の分散状態を保っていれば「最優良(◎◎)」、3日後まで初期の分散状態を保っていれば「優良(◎)」、1日後まで初期の分散状態を保っていれば「良好(○)」、3時間後まで初期の分散状態を保っていれば「可(△)」、3時間後に沈降や凝集が見られた場合は「不良(×)」とした。その結果、この分散組成物のCNT分散性(有機溶媒系)は「可(△)」であった。
(2) Evaluation of CNT dispersibility (water system)
The dispersion composition (S-1) obtained in (1) above was allowed to stand on a flat place for 1 day. The evaluation was "good (○)" if the initial dispersion state was maintained, and "poor (x)" if sedimentation or aggregation was observed. As a result, the CNT dispersibility of this dispersion composition (S-1) was "good (◯)".
(3) Evaluation of CNT dispersibility (organic solvent system)
A dispersion composition was prepared in the same manner as in (1) above, except that cyclopentanone was used instead of the distilled water used as the solvent in (1) above. The obtained dispersion composition was allowed to stand on a flat place, and the dispersion state with the passage of time was observed. The evaluation is "best (◎◎)" if the initial dispersion state is maintained after 1 week, "excellent (◎)" if the initial dispersion state is maintained until 3 days later, and the initial dispersion state until 1 day later. "Good (○)" if the condition is maintained, "Yes (△)" if the initial dispersion state is maintained until 3 hours later, and "Poor (×)" if sedimentation or aggregation is observed after 3 hours. And said. As a result, the CNT dispersibility (organic solvent system) of this dispersion composition was "possible (Δ)".

(4)CNT塗布性の評価
 上記(1)で得た分散組成物(S-1)をガラス基板上にブレードを用いて塗布し、80℃のホットプレートで10分間乾燥することにより、平均膜厚1μmの塗膜を形成した。この塗膜を倍率50倍の顕微鏡で観察し、塗膜の膜厚ムラ及びピンホールの有無を調べた。評価は、膜厚ムラ及びピンホールの双方とも観察されなかった場合を塗布性「良好(○)」、膜厚ムラ及びピンホールの少なくとも一方が明確に観察された場合を塗布性「不良(×)」とした。その結果、膜厚ムラ及びピンホールの双方とも観察されず、塗布性は「良好(○)」であった。
(4) Evaluation of CNT coating property The dispersion composition (S-1) obtained in the above (1) is applied onto a glass substrate using a blade and dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain an average film. A coating film having a thickness of 1 μm was formed. This coating film was observed with a microscope at a magnification of 50 times to check for uneven film thickness and the presence or absence of pinholes. The evaluation was "good (○)" when neither film thickness unevenness nor pinhole was observed, and "poor (x)" when at least one of film thickness unevenness and pinhole was clearly observed. ) ”. As a result, neither uneven film thickness nor pinhole was observed, and the coatability was "good (◯)".

(5)体積抵抗率の評価
 ブレードのギャップを変えた以外は上記(4)と同様にしてガラス基板上に分散組成物(S-1)を塗布及び乾燥し、フィルム状(厚み:約20μm)の試験片を得た。次に、得られた試験片の体積抵抗率を4端子法により測定した。体積抵抗率は、表面抵抗率及び膜厚から下記数式(5)を用いて算出した。また、測定にあたって、測定箇所を変えながら5回測定し、その平均値を体積抵抗率として評価した。
体積抵抗率(μΩ・m)=表面抵抗率(Ω)×膜厚(μm)  …(5)
 その結果、この分散組成物(S-1)を用いて得られたフィルムの体積抵抗率は1000μΩ・m(0.1Ω・cm)であった。なお、体積抵抗率が低いほど導電性が高いと言える。
(5) Evaluation of Volume resistivity The dispersion composition (S-1) was applied and dried on a glass substrate in the same manner as in (4) above except that the gap of the blade was changed, and formed into a film (thickness: about 20 μm). Specimen was obtained. Next, the volume resistivity of the obtained test piece was measured by the 4-terminal method. The volume resistivity was calculated from the surface resistivity and the film thickness using the following mathematical formula (5). Further, in the measurement, the measurement was performed 5 times while changing the measurement location, and the average value was evaluated as the volume resistivity.
Volume resistivity (μΩ ・ m) = Surface resistivity (Ω) × Film thickness (μm)… (5)
As a result, the volume resistivity of the film obtained by using this dispersion composition (S-1) was 1000 μΩ · m (0.1 Ω · cm). It can be said that the lower the volume resistivity, the higher the conductivity.

(6)指押し試験
 上記(1)で得た分散組成物(S-1)をガラス基板上にブレードを用いて塗布し、80℃のホットプレートで10分間乾燥することにより、平均膜厚10μmの塗膜を形成した。得られた塗膜を指で押し付けることにより、ひび割れの発生しにくさ(外力耐性)を確認した。評価は、顕微鏡観察(倍率:10倍)にてひび割れが観察されなければ「良好(○)」、目視ではひび割れが観察されないが、顕微鏡によりひび割れが観察されれば「可(△)」、目視でひび割れが観察されたものは「不良」とした。その結果、この分散組成物(S-1)を用いて形成した塗膜の外力耐性は、目視ではひび割れが観察されなかったが、顕微鏡によりひび割れが観察されたため「可(△)」と判断された。
(6) Finger pressing test The dispersion composition (S-1) obtained in (1) above was applied onto a glass substrate using a blade and dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain an average film thickness of 10 μm. The coating film of was formed. By pressing the obtained coating film with a finger, it was confirmed that cracks were less likely to occur (external force resistance). The evaluation is "good (○)" if no cracks are observed by microscopic observation (magnification: 10 times), "OK (△)" if cracks are observed by a microscope, but no visual cracks are observed. Those in which cracks were observed were classified as "defective". As a result, the external force resistance of the coating film formed by using this dispersion composition (S-1) was judged to be "OK (Δ)" because cracks were not observed visually, but cracks were observed by a microscope. It was.

(7)基板密着性の評価
 分散組成物をスプレー塗布により行った以外は上記(4)と同様にしてガラス基板上に分散組成物(S-1)を塗布及び乾燥し、厚さ0.5μmの塗膜をガラス基板上に形成することによりカーボンナノチューブ付き基板を作製した。次いで、蒸留水/イソプロピルアルコール/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート=5/25/70(質量比)となるように調製した溶剤をカーボンナノチューブ付き基板にかけ流し、その後、基板を80℃のホットプレートで10分間乾燥させた。得られた基板(以下「密着性評価用試験片」という。)を顕微鏡(倍率:10倍)により観察するとともに、体積抵抗率を評価することで基板密着性の評価を行った。評価は、下記の基準1、基準2及び基準3の全てを満たす場合を「最優良(◎◎)」、基準1及び基準2を満たすが、基準3を満たさない場合を「優良(◎)」、基準1を満たすが、基準2を満たさない場合を「良好(○)」、基準2を満たすが、基準1を満たさない場合を「可(△)」、基準1及び基準2の両方を満たさない場合を「不良(×)」とした。
基準1:密着性評価用試験片を顕微鏡観察したときにひび割れが観察されない。
基準2:密着性評価用試験片の体積抵抗率を上記(5)の方法に従い求めた値が0.05Ω・cm以下(500μΩ・m以下)である。
基準3:密着性評価用試験片の体積抵抗率を上記(5)の方法に従い求めた値が、上記(5)の体積抵抗率の値以下である。
その結果、この分散組成物(S-1)の基板密着性は「可(△)」であった。
(7) Evaluation of Substrate Adhesion The dispersion composition (S-1) was applied and dried on a glass substrate in the same manner as in (4) above except that the dispersion composition was spray-coated, and the thickness was 0.5 μm. A substrate with carbon nanotubes was produced by forming the coating film of the above on a glass substrate. Next, a solvent prepared so that distilled water / isopropyl alcohol / propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate = 5/25/70 (mass ratio) was poured onto the substrate with carbon nanotubes, and then the substrate was placed on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes. It was dried. The obtained substrate (hereinafter referred to as "adhesion evaluation test piece") was observed with a microscope (magnification: 10 times), and the substrate adhesion was evaluated by evaluating the volume resistivity. The evaluation is "excellent (◎◎)" when all of the following criteria 1, 2, and 3 are met, and "excellent (◎)" when criteria 1 and 2 are met but criteria 3 are not met. , Criteria 1 is satisfied but Criterion 2 is not met, "Good (○)", Criterion 2 is met, but Criterion 1 is not met, "Yes (△)", and both Criterion 1 and Criterion 2 are satisfied. The case where there is no such thing is regarded as "defective (x)".
Criterion 1: No cracks are observed when the test piece for adhesion evaluation is observed under a microscope.
Criterion 2: The value obtained by determining the volume resistivity of the test piece for adhesion evaluation according to the method (5) above is 0.05 Ω · cm or less (500 μ Ω · m or less).
Criterion 3: The value obtained by determining the volume resistivity of the test piece for adhesion evaluation according to the method (5) above is equal to or less than the value of the volume resistivity of (5) above.
As a result, the substrate adhesion of this dispersion composition (S-1) was "possible (Δ)".

[実施例2~7、比較例1~3]
 分散組成物の組成を下記表2に記載の通りに変更した以外は、実施例1の分散組成物(S-1)と同様にして分散組成物(S-2)~(S-7)及び(sr-1)~(sr-3)を調製した。また、分散組成物(S-1)に代えて分散組成物(S-2)~(S-7)及び(sr-1)~(sr-3)をそれぞれ用いた点以外は、実施例1と同様にして各種評価を行った。なお、CNT分散性(有機溶媒系)の評価は、実施例1の上記(3)と同様に、溶媒として蒸留水の代わりにシクロペンタノンを用いて調製した分散組成物により行った。実施例1~7及び比較例1~3の各種評価結果を下記表2にまとめた。
[Examples 2 to 7, Comparative Examples 1 to 3]
Dispersion compositions (S-2) to (S-7) and the same as the dispersion composition (S-1) of Example 1 except that the composition of the dispersion composition was changed as shown in Table 2 below. (Sr-1) to (sr-3) were prepared. In addition, Example 1 except that the dispersion compositions (S-2) to (S-7) and (sr-1) to (sr-3) were used instead of the dispersion composition (S-1), respectively. Various evaluations were performed in the same manner as above. The evaluation of the CNT dispersibility (organic solvent system) was carried out using a dispersion composition prepared by using cyclopentanone instead of distilled water as the solvent, as in the above (3) of Example 1. The various evaluation results of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 are summarized in Table 2 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016

 表2中、「配合量」の数値は質量部を示す。化合物の略号は以下の通りである。
<CNT>
MWNT; マルチウォールカーボンナノチューブ
DWNT; ダブルウォールカーボンナノチューブ
SWNT; シングルウォールカーボンナノチューブ
In Table 2, the numerical value of "blending amount" indicates a mass part. The abbreviations of the compounds are as follows.
<CNT>
MWNT; Multi-wall carbon nanotube DWNT; Double-wall carbon nanotube SWNT; Single-wall carbon nanotube

 表2の結果から、実施例1~7は、比較例1~3と対比して、水系及び有機溶媒系のいずれにおいてもカーボンナノチューブの分散性が良好であった。また、実施例1~7は、比較例1~3と対比して、外力耐性、導電性、及び基板に対する密着性に優れていた。これらの結果は、重合体[P]が作るリオトロピック液晶場(ホスト)に対してCNT(ゲスト)を導入することにより、重合体[P]の分子鎖に沿ってCNTが配向し、CNTの分散性を高くできたものと考えられる。 From the results in Table 2, in Examples 1 to 7, the dispersibility of the carbon nanotubes was better in both the aqueous system and the organic solvent system as compared with Comparative Examples 1 to 3. Further, Examples 1 to 7 were excellent in external force resistance, conductivity, and adhesion to the substrate as compared with Comparative Examples 1 to 3. These results show that by introducing CNTs (guests) into the liotropic liquid crystal field (host) created by the polymer [P], the CNTs are oriented along the molecular chain of the polymer [P] and the CNTs are dispersed. It is probable that the sex was improved.

3.金属粒子含有分散組成物の作製及び評価
[実施例8]
(1)分散組成物の調製
 金属粒子として酸化チタン45質量部、及び合成例2で得た重合体(PI-1)2質量部が入った容器に、溶媒として蒸留水53質量部を加えた。次いで、ペイントシェーカー(振とう器)にて10分間振とうし、分散組成物(S-8)を調製した。
3. 3. Preparation and Evaluation of Metal Particle-Containing Dispersion Composition [Example 8]
(1) Preparation of dispersion composition 53 parts by mass of distilled water was added as a solvent to a container containing 45 parts by mass of titanium oxide as metal particles and 2 parts by mass of the polymer (PI-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. .. Next, the dispersion composition (S-8) was prepared by shaking with a paint shaker (shaker) for 10 minutes.

(2)分散性の評価(水系)
 上記(1)で得た分散組成物(S-8)を平坦な場所に1日静置し、実施例1の(2)と同様にして分散性を評価した。その結果、分散組成物(S-8)の粒子分散性は「良好(〇)」であった。
(3)粒子分散性の評価(有機溶媒系)
 上記(1)で溶媒として用いた蒸留水の代わりにシクロペンタノンを用いた以外は上記(1)と同様にして分散組成物を調製した。得られた分散組成物を平坦な場所に静置し、時間経過に伴う分散状態を観察し、実施例1の(3)と同様にして粒子分散性を評価した。その結果、この実施例の分散組成物の粒子分散性(有機溶媒系)は「可(△)」であった。
(2) Evaluation of dispersibility (water system)
The dispersion composition (S-8) obtained in (1) above was allowed to stand on a flat place for one day, and the dispersibility was evaluated in the same manner as in (2) of Example 1. As a result, the particle dispersibility of the dispersion composition (S-8) was "good (◯)".
(3) Evaluation of particle dispersibility (organic solvent system)
A dispersion composition was prepared in the same manner as in (1) above, except that cyclopentanone was used instead of the distilled water used as the solvent in (1) above. The obtained dispersion composition was allowed to stand on a flat place, the dispersion state with the passage of time was observed, and the particle dispersibility was evaluated in the same manner as in (3) of Example 1. As a result, the particle dispersibility (organic solvent system) of the dispersion composition of this example was "OK (Δ)".

(4)粒子塗布性の評価
 上記(1)で得た分散組成物(S-8)を用いた点以外は実施例1の(4)と同様にして塗布性を評価した。その結果、膜厚ムラ及びピンホールの双方とも観察されず、塗布性は「良好(○)」であった。
(5)指押し試験
 上記(1)で得た分散組成物(S-8)を用いた点以外は実施例1の(6)と同様にして指押し試験を行い、ひび割れの発生にしくさ(外力耐性、指押し耐性ともいう)を確認した。その結果、この分散組成物(S-8)を用いて形成した塗膜は、目視ではひび割れが観察されなかったが、顕微鏡によりひび割れが観察されたため、指押し耐性は「可(△)」と判断された。
(4) Evaluation of particle coatability The coatability was evaluated in the same manner as in (4) of Example 1 except that the dispersion composition (S-8) obtained in (1) above was used. As a result, neither uneven film thickness nor pinhole was observed, and the coatability was "good (◯)".
(5) Finger pressing test A finger pressing test was performed in the same manner as in (6) of Example 1 except that the dispersion composition (S-8) obtained in (1) above was used, and cracks were less likely to occur ( External force resistance and finger push resistance) were confirmed. As a result, no cracks were visually observed in the coating film formed by using this dispersion composition (S-8), but since cracks were observed by a microscope, the finger pressing resistance was "possible (Δ)". It was judged.

[実施例9~19、比較例4]
 分散組成物の組成を下記表3に記載の通りに変更した以外は、実施例8の分散組成物(S-8)と同様にして分散組成物(S-9)~(S-19)及び(sr-4)を調製した。また、分散組成物(S-8)に代えて分散組成物(S-9)~(S-19)及び(sr-4)をそれぞれ用いた点以外は、実施例8と同様にして各種評価を行った。なお、粒子分散性(有機溶媒系)の評価は、実施例8の上記(3)と同様に、溶媒として蒸留水の代わりにシクロペンタノンを用いて調製した分散組成物により行った。実施例9~19及び比較例4の各種評価結果を下記表3にまとめた。
[Examples 9 to 19, Comparative Example 4]
Dispersion compositions (S-9) to (S-19) and the same as the dispersion composition (S-8) of Example 8 except that the composition of the dispersion composition was changed as shown in Table 3 below. (Sr-4) was prepared. In addition, various evaluations were carried out in the same manner as in Example 8 except that the dispersion compositions (S-9) to (S-19) and (sr-4) were used instead of the dispersion composition (S-8). Was done. The particle dispersibility (organic solvent system) was evaluated by using a dispersion composition prepared by using cyclopentanone instead of distilled water as a solvent, as in the above (3) of Example 8. The various evaluation results of Examples 9 to 19 and Comparative Example 4 are summarized in Table 3 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017

 表3中、「配合量」の数値は質量部を示す。化合物の略号は以下の通りである。
<分散剤>
BYK180; BYK-Chemie社製 DISPERBYK-180(ポリアクリル分散剤)
In Table 3, the numerical value of "blending amount" indicates a mass part. The abbreviations of the compounds are as follows.
<Dispersant>
BYK180; DISPERBYK-180 (polyacrylic dispersant) manufactured by BYK-Chemie.

 表3の結果から、実施例8~19は、比較例4と対比して、金属粒子の分散性が有機溶媒系においても良好であった。また、実施例8~19は、比較例4と対比して外力耐性に優れていた。 From the results in Table 3, in Examples 8 to 19, the dispersibility of the metal particles was better in the organic solvent system as compared with Comparative Example 4. In addition, Examples 8 to 19 were superior in external force resistance as compared with Comparative Example 4.

[第2実施例]
1.重合体の合成
[合成例11:ポリアミック酸の合成]
 還流管、温度計及び窒素導入管を備えた3つ口フラスコに、2,5-ジアミノベンゼンスルホン酸85.5モル部、パラフェニレンジアミン9.5モル部、m-クレゾールに溶解させ、トリエチルアミン218モル部を入れ、窒素下で撹拌した。ジアミン溶解後、ピロメリット酸二無水物100モル部を加えて80℃で3時間撹拌した。なお、反応濃度は、固形分が30%となるように行った。反応終了後、反応溶液を固形分濃度15%までm-クレゾールで希釈し、アセトン中に滴下して凝固させた。得られた凝固物をろ過し、アセトン中で洗浄し、120℃で真空乾燥させることにより、ポリアミック酸(以下「重合体(PAA-2)」とする)を得た。得られた重合体(PAA-2)の重量平均分子量は151,000であった。
[Second Example]
1. 1. Synthesis of polymer [Synthesis example 11: Synthesis of polyamic acid]
In a three-necked flask equipped with a reflux tube, a thermometer and a nitrogen introduction tube, 85.5 mol parts of 2,5-diaminobenzenesulfonic acid, 9.5 mol parts of paraphenylenediamine and m-cresol were dissolved and triethylamine 218. A molar portion was added and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen. After dissolving the diamine, 100 mol parts of pyromellitic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 3 hours. The reaction concentration was adjusted so that the solid content was 30%. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was diluted with m-cresol to a solid content concentration of 15% and added dropwise to acetone to coagulate. The obtained coagulated product was filtered, washed with acetone, and vacuum dried at 120 ° C. to obtain a polyamic acid (hereinafter referred to as "polymer (PAA-2)"). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymer (PAA-2) was 151,000.

[合成例12:ポリイミドの合成]
 2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物95モル部、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル20モル部、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル60モル部、及び2,5-ジアミノベンゼンスルホン酸20モル部をN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)に溶解させ、重合体濃度が15質量%のポリアミック酸溶液を得た。得られたポリアミック酸溶液にNMPを加え、重合体濃度が10質量%となるように希釈した後、所定量のピリジン及び無水酢酸を加え、110℃で4時間反応させた。次いで、得られた反応混合物を大過剰のメタノール中に注ぎ、反応生成物を沈澱させた。回収した沈殿物をメタノールで洗浄した後、減圧下100℃で乾燥することにより、ポリイミド(以下「重合体(PI-7)」とする)を得た。得られた重合体(PI-7)の重量平均分子量は202,000であり、イミド化率は99%であった。
[Synthesis Example 12: Polyimide Synthesis]
95 parts of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic acid dianhydride, 20 parts of cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, 60 parts of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and 20 parts of 2,5-diaminobenzenesulfonic acid. The molar part was dissolved in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) to obtain a polyamic acid solution having a polymer concentration of 15% by mass. NMP was added to the obtained polyamic acid solution, diluted to a polymer concentration of 10% by mass, a predetermined amount of pyridine and acetic anhydride were added, and the mixture was reacted at 110 ° C. for 4 hours. The resulting reaction mixture was then poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the reaction product. The recovered precipitate was washed with methanol and then dried under reduced pressure at 100 ° C. to obtain a polyimide (hereinafter referred to as "polymer (PI-7)"). The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymer (PI-7) was 202,000, and the imidization ratio was 99%.

[合成例13:ポリイミドの合成]
 反応に使用するテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミン化合物の種類及び量を下記表4の通り変更するとともに、触媒量を変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、ポリイミドである重合体(PI-8)を得た。各ポリイミドのイミド化率を下記表4に併せて示した。
[Synthesis Example 13: Polyimide Synthesis]
The type and amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound used in the reaction were changed as shown in Table 4 below, and the amount of the catalyst was changed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 to obtain a polyimide polymer (PI-). 8) was obtained. The imidization ratio of each polyimide is also shown in Table 4 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018

 表4中の数値は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物については、反応に使用したテトラカルボン酸二無水物の合計量に対する使用割合(モル%)を示し、ジアミン化合物については、反応に使用したジアミン化合物の合計量に対する使用割合(モル%)を示す。表4中のテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミン化合物の略称は以下の通りである。
(テトラカルボン酸二無水物)
AN-1; 2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物
AN-2; ピロメリット酸二無水物
AN-4; ビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン-2,4,6,8-テトラカルボン酸2:4,6:8-二無水物
(ジアミン化合物)
DA-1; 2,5-ジアミノベンゼンスルホン酸
DA-3; 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル
DA-7; パラフェニレンジアミン
DA-8; 4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
The numerical values in Table 4 indicate the ratio (mol%) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction to the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the reaction, and for the diamine compound, the diamine compound used in the reaction. The usage ratio (mol%) to the total amount of. The abbreviations of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine compound in Table 4 are as follows.
(Tetracarboxylic dianhydride)
AN-1; 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetate dianhydride AN-2; pyromellitic dianhydride AN-4; bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetra Carboxic acid 2: 4,6: 8-dianhydride (diamine compound)
DA-1; 2,5-diaminobenzenesulfonic acid DA-3; 3,5-diaminobenzoate cholestanyl DA-7; para-phenylenediamine DA-8; 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

2.CNT含有分散組成物の調製
[調製例1]
 シングルウォールカーボンナノチューブ(SWNT)5質量部、及び合成例11で得た重合体(PAA-2)25質量部が入った容器に、溶媒として蒸留水10000質量部を加えた。次いで、60分間、超音波分散を行い、分散組成物(S-20)を調製した。
[調製例2~5]
 分散組成物の組成を下記表5に記載の通りに変更した以外は、調製例1と同様にして各分散組成物を調製した。
2. 2. Preparation of CNT-containing dispersion composition [Preparation Example 1]
10000 parts by mass of distilled water was added as a solvent to a container containing 5 parts by mass of single-wall carbon nanotubes (SWNT) and 25 parts by mass of the polymer (PAA-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 11. Then, ultrasonic dispersion was performed for 60 minutes to prepare a dispersion composition (S-20).
[Preparation Examples 2 to 5]
Each dispersion composition was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 1 except that the composition of the dispersion composition was changed as shown in Table 5 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020

 表5中、「配合量」の数値は質量部を示す。CNTの略称は以下の通りである。
<CNT>
MWNT; マルチウォールカーボンナノチューブ
DWNT; ダブルウォールカーボンナノチューブ
SWNT; シングルウォールカーボンナノチューブ
SWNT-D; 欠陥の多いシングルウォールカーボンナノチューブ
<分散剤>
SDBS; ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム
In Table 5, the numerical value of "blending amount" indicates a mass part. The abbreviations for CNT are as follows.
<CNT>
MWNT; Multi-wall carbon nanotube DWNT; Double-wall carbon nanotube SWNT; Single-wall carbon nanotube SWNT-D; Single-wall carbon nanotube with many defects <Dispersant>
SDBS; sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate

3.CNT含有分散組成物の評価
[実施例20]
(1)ガラス基板に対する塗布性評価
 コーティングロールとドクターロールを備えるせん断塗布装置(図1参照)を用いて、ガラス基板に対する塗布性を評価した。まず、コーティングロール及びドクターロールを同じ方向に回転(順回転)させ、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)を150mm×150mmのガラス基板上に転写することで塗膜を作製した。なお、コーティングロールとドクターロールを順回転させる塗布方式は、通常の印刷方式(オフセット印刷方式等、ロールを逆回転させて塗布する方式)とは異なる。その後、80℃のホットプレートで10分間乾燥することにより、0.5μmの膜厚の塗膜を形成した。評価は、目視によりピンホール及びハジキがなければ「良好(○)」、ピンホール又はハジキがあれば「不良(×)」と判断した。その結果、ガラス基板上の塗膜にはピンホール及びハジキは観察されず、ガラス基板に対する塗布性は「良好(○)」であった。
3. 3. Evaluation of CNT-Containing Dispersion Composition [Example 20]
(1) Evaluation of coatability on glass substrate The coatability on a glass substrate was evaluated using a shear coating device (see FIG. 1) equipped with a coating roll and a doctor roll. First, the coating roll and the doctor roll are rotated in the same direction (forward rotation), and the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 is transferred onto a glass substrate of 150 mm × 150 mm to prepare a coating film. did. The coating method in which the coating roll and the doctor roll are rotated forward is different from the normal printing method (offset printing method or the like, in which the roll is rotated in the reverse direction for coating). Then, it was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 0.5 μm. The evaluation was visually judged to be "good (◯)" if there were no pinholes or cissing, and "poor (x)" if there were pinholes or cissing. As a result, no pinholes or cissing were observed in the coating film on the glass substrate, and the coatability on the glass substrate was “good (◯)”.

(2)耐摩擦摩耗性の評価
 上記(1)と同様にせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)をガラス基板上にせん断転写塗布し、塗膜を80℃で10分間乾燥し、基板中央部の平均膜厚が0.5μmの塗膜を形成した。この塗膜に対し、押し込み長さ0.3mmにしてラビング処理を行い、ラビング処理の前後の膜厚の変化を測定することで耐摩擦摩耗性の評価を行った。評価は、膜厚の変化が未満20nmの場合を耐摩擦摩耗性「良好(○)」、膜厚の変化が20nm以上35nm未満の場合を耐摩擦摩耗性「可(△)」、膜厚の変化が35nm以上の場合を耐摩擦摩耗性「不良(×)」とした。この実施例では、ラビングによる膜厚の変化が5nmであったため、耐摩擦摩耗性は「良好(○)」であった。
(2) Evaluation of abrasion resistance The dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 is shear-transferred and coated on a glass substrate using a shear coating apparatus in the same manner as in (1) above to obtain a coating film. Was dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a coating film having an average film thickness of 0.5 μm at the center of the substrate. The coating film was subjected to a rubbing treatment with a pressing length of 0.3 mm, and the abrasion resistance was evaluated by measuring the change in the film thickness before and after the rubbing treatment. The evaluation is that when the change in film thickness is less than 20 nm, the abrasion resistance is "good (○)", and when the change in film thickness is 20 nm or more and less than 35 nm, the abrasion resistance is "possible (Δ)", and the film thickness is The case where the change was 35 nm or more was defined as “defective (x)” abrasion resistance. In this example, since the change in film thickness due to rubbing was 5 nm, the abrasion resistance was "good (◯)".

(3)導電異方性の評価
 上記(1)と同様にせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)をガラス基板上にせん断転写塗布し、塗膜を80℃で10分間乾燥し、試験片を得た。なお、必要に応じて、複数回塗布することで、膜厚が約20μmとなるように塗布回数を調整した。得られた試験片の体積抵抗率(μΩ・m)は2端子法により測定した。試験片の導電異方性は、せん断塗布方向に対する2端子の配置変更により測定した。測定は、せん断塗布方向に対し2端子を平行に配置した場合を平行体積抵抗率、せん断塗布方向に対し2端子を垂直に配置した場合を垂直体積抵抗率とした。体積抵抗率は、表面抵抗率及び膜厚から下記数式(EX-2)を用いて算出した。また、測定にあたって、測定箇所を変えながら5回測定し、それらの平均値を体積抵抗率として見積った。
体積抵抗率(μΩ・m)=表面抵抗率(Ω)×膜厚(μm)
                           …(EX-2)
 評価は、平行体積抵抗率と垂直体積抵抗率の比(平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率)が100以上である場合を導電異方性「良好(○)」、平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率が10以上100未満の場合を導電異方性「可(△)」、平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率が10未満の場合を導電異方性「不良(×)」とした。
 その結果、分散組成物(S-20)を、せん断転写塗布して得られた試験片の平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率は508であり、「良好(○)」と判断された。なお、平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率の値が大きいほど、導電異方性が大きいといえる。
(3) Evaluation of Conduction Anisotropy Using the shear coating device in the same manner as in (1) above, the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 was shear-transferred and coated on a glass substrate to form a coating film. Was dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a test piece. If necessary, the number of coatings was adjusted so that the film thickness was about 20 μm by applying the coatings a plurality of times. The volume resistivity (μΩ · m) of the obtained test piece was measured by the two-terminal method. The conductive anisotropy of the test piece was measured by changing the arrangement of the two terminals with respect to the shear coating direction. In the measurement, the case where the two terminals were arranged parallel to the shear coating direction was defined as the parallel volume resistivity, and the case where the two terminals were arranged perpendicularly to the shear coating direction was defined as the vertical volume resistivity. The volume resistivity was calculated from the surface resistivity and the film thickness using the following mathematical formula (EX-2). Further, in the measurement, the measurement was performed 5 times while changing the measurement location, and the average value thereof was estimated as the volume resistivity.
Volume resistivity (μΩ ・ m) = Surface resistivity (Ω) × Film thickness (μm)
… (EX-2)
In the evaluation, when the ratio of parallel volume resistivity to vertical volume resistivity (parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity) is 100 or more, the conductivity anisotropy is "good (○)", and the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume is evaluated. When the resistivity was 10 or more and less than 100, the conductivity anisotropy was “possible (Δ)”, and when the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity was less than 10, the conductivity anisotropy was “poor (×)”.
As a result, the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity of the test piece obtained by applying the dispersion composition (S-20) by shear transfer was 508, which was judged to be “good (◯)”. It can be said that the larger the value of parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity, the larger the conductive anisotropy.

(4)洗浄後の導電異方性の評価
 上記(1)と同様のせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)をガラス基板上に塗布し、80℃10分間乾燥し、フィルム状の試験片を得た。なお、必要に応じて、複数回塗布することで、膜厚が約20μmとなるように塗布回数を調整した。
 次に、蒸留水への30秒間浸漬(ディップ)することにより塗膜の洗浄を行った。得られた試験片の体積抵抗率(μΩ・m)を上記(3)と同様にして測定した。評価は、平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率が100以上である場合を、洗浄後の導電異方性「良好(○)」、平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率が10以上100未満の場合を、洗浄後の導電異方性「可(△)」、平行体積抵抗率/垂直体積抵抗率が10未満の場合を、洗浄後の導電異方性「不良(×)」とした。その結果、分散組成物(S-20)をせん断転写塗布して得られた試験片の平行体積抵抗率と垂直体積抵抗率の比率は1818であり、「良好(○)」と判断された。
(4) Evaluation of Conductive Anisotropy after Cleaning Using the same shear coating device as in (1) above, the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied onto a glass substrate, and 80 It was dried at ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a film-shaped test piece. If necessary, the number of coatings was adjusted so that the film thickness was about 20 μm by applying the coatings a plurality of times.
Next, the coating film was washed by immersing (dip) in distilled water for 30 seconds. The volume resistivity (μΩ · m) of the obtained test piece was measured in the same manner as in (3) above. The evaluation is when the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity is 100 or more, the conductive anisotropy after cleaning is “good (◯)”, and the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity is 10 or more and less than 100. Was defined as “possible (Δ)” in conductivity after cleaning, and “poor (x)” in conductivity anisotropy after cleaning when the parallel volume resistivity / vertical volume resistivity was less than 10. As a result, the ratio of the parallel volume resistivity and the vertical volume resistivity of the test piece obtained by applying the dispersion composition (S-20) by shear transfer was 1818, which was judged to be “good (◯)”.

(5)偏光吸収特性
 上記(1)と同様のせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)をガラス基板上に塗布し、80℃で10分間乾燥し、平均膜厚10μmの塗膜を形成した。単ニコルの偏光軸(偏光透過軸)と塗膜のせん断塗布方向が平行配置と直交配置(略90°配置)になるように配置し、全方位光を入射した際の水平配置と直交配置の透過率差を測定することで、偏光吸収特性の評価を行った。評価は、水平配置と直交配置の透過率の差が40%以上である場合を「良好(○)」、25%以上40%未満である場合を「可(△)」、25%未満である場合を「不良(×)」とした。その結果、当該基板の水平配置と直交配置の透過率差は48%であり、偏光吸収特性は「良好(○)」と判断された。
(5) Polarization Absorption Characteristics Using the same shear coating device as in (1) above, the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied onto a glass substrate and dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes. , A coating film having an average film thickness of 10 μm was formed. Arranged so that the polarization axis (polarization transmission axis) of the single Nicol and the shear application direction of the coating film are arranged in parallel and orthogonal to each other (approximately 90 ° arrangement), and the horizontal arrangement and orthogonal arrangement when omnidirectional light is incident. The polarization absorption characteristics were evaluated by measuring the transmittance difference. The evaluation is "good (○)" when the difference in transmittance between the horizontal arrangement and the orthogonal arrangement is 40% or more, "OK (Δ)" when it is 25% or more and less than 40%, and less than 25%. The case was defined as "defective (x)". As a result, the transmittance difference between the horizontal arrangement and the orthogonal arrangement of the substrate was 48%, and the polarization absorption characteristic was judged to be "good (◯)".

(6)伝熱異方性の評価
 上記(1)と同様のせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)をガラス基板上に塗布し、80℃で10分間乾燥し、120mm×120mmのガラス基板上に厚さ10μmの塗膜を形成した。測定は、基板の中心部をレーザーにより加熱し、サーモグラフィーにより熱伝搬時間を測定することで行った。評価は、中心からx軸方向に50mmの地点と、中心からy軸方向に50mmの地点とが中心部と同じ温度になるまでに要する時間(昇温時間)を測定し、その時間差に基づき行った。昇温時間の時間差が3秒以上の場合を「良好(○)」、1秒以上3秒未満の場合を「可(△)」、1秒未満の場合を「不良(×)」とした。その結果、この実施例の昇温時間差は3.4秒であり、「良好(○)」と判断された。なお、昇温時間差が大きいほど、電熱異方性が大きいといえる。
(6) Evaluation of Heat Transfer Anisotropy Using the same shear coating device as in (1) above, the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 above was applied onto a glass substrate and at 80 ° C. It was dried for 10 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 μm on a glass substrate of 120 mm × 120 mm. The measurement was performed by heating the central part of the substrate with a laser and measuring the heat propagation time by thermography. The evaluation is performed based on the time difference (heating time) required for the point 50 mm in the x-axis direction from the center and the point 50 mm in the y-axis direction from the center to reach the same temperature as the central part. It was. When the time difference of the temperature rising time was 3 seconds or more, it was evaluated as "good (◯)", when it was 1 second or more and less than 3 seconds, it was evaluated as "possible (Δ)", and when it was less than 1 second, it was evaluated as "bad (x)". As a result, the temperature rise time difference of this example was 3.4 seconds, which was judged to be "good (◯)". It can be said that the larger the temperature difference, the larger the electric anisotropy.

(7)洗浄後の伝熱異方性の評価
 上記(1)と同様のせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)をガラス基板上に塗布し、80℃で10分間乾燥し、120mm×120mmのガラス基板上に厚さ10μmの塗膜を形成した。次に、塗膜が形成された基板を蒸留水に30秒間浸漬(ディップ)することにより塗膜の洗浄を行った。得られた試験片の伝熱異方性を上記(6)と同様にして測定した。評価は、中心からx軸方向に50mmの地点と、中心からy軸方向に50mmの地点とが中心部と同じ温度になるまでに要する時間(昇温時間)を測定し、その時間差に基づき行った。昇温時間の時間差が3秒以上の場合を「良好」、1秒以上3秒未満の場合を「可」、1秒未満の場合を「不良」とした。その結果、この実施例の昇温時間差は3.2秒であり、「良好」と判断された。
(7) Evaluation of Heat Transfer Anisotropy After Cleaning Using the same shear coating device as in (1) above, the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied onto a glass substrate. It was dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 μm on a glass substrate of 120 mm × 120 mm. Next, the coating film was washed by immersing (dip) the substrate on which the coating film was formed in distilled water for 30 seconds. The heat transfer anisotropy of the obtained test piece was measured in the same manner as in (6) above. The evaluation is performed based on the time difference (heating time) required for the point 50 mm in the x-axis direction from the center and the point 50 mm in the y-axis direction from the center to reach the same temperature as the central part. It was. When the time difference of the temperature rising time was 3 seconds or more, it was regarded as "good", when it was 1 second or more and less than 3 seconds, it was regarded as "OK", and when it was less than 1 second, it was regarded as "bad". As a result, the temperature rise time difference of this example was 3.2 seconds, which was judged to be "good".

(8)デガス耐性の評価
 上記(1)と同様のせん断塗布装置を用いて、上記調製例1で得た分散組成物(S-20)を8インチのシリコン基板上に塗布し、80℃で10分間乾燥し、シリコン基板上に厚さ10μmの塗膜を形成した。シリコン基板を1cm×5cm片に切断し、切断したシリコン基板4枚について、シリコンウエハーアナライザー装置(日本分析工業社の「加熱脱着装置JTD-505」、島津製作所社の「ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計 GCMS-QP2010Plus」)を用いて、昇温速度10℃/分で230℃に上げ、同温度で15分保持した際のアウトガス量(ng/cm)を求めた。評価は、アウトガス量が200ng/cm未満であった場合を「良好(○)」、200ng/cm以上600ng/cm未満であった場合を「可(△)」、600ng/cm2以上であった場合を「不良(×)」とした。その結果、この実施例の昇温時間差は150ng/cmであり、「良好」と判断された。
(8) Evaluation of Degas Resistance Using the same shear coating device as in (1) above, the dispersion composition (S-20) obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied onto an 8-inch silicon substrate, and at 80 ° C. It was dried for 10 minutes to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 μm on a silicon substrate. A silicon substrate was cut into 1 cm x 5 cm pieces, and the four cut silicon substrates were subjected to a silicon wafer analyzer device ("Heat Desorption Device JTD-505" by Nippon Analytical Industry Co., Ltd., "Gas Chromatograph Mass Spectrometer GCMS-" by Shimadzu Corporation. Using QP2010Plus), the amount of outgas (ng / cm 2 ) when the temperature was raised to 230 ° C. at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min and held at the same temperature for 15 minutes was determined. In evaluation, the case outgassing amount was less than 200ng / cm 2 "good (○)", the case was less than 200ng / cm 2 or more 600ng / cm 2 "possible (△)", 600ng / cm2 or more If there was, it was regarded as "defective (x)". As a result, the temperature rise time difference of this example was 150 ng / cm 2 , which was judged to be “good”.

[実施例21~23、25、26、比較例5~7]
 分散組成物の種類及び基板への塗布方法を下記表6に記載の通りに変更した以外は実施例20と同様にして各種評価を行った。評価結果を下記表6に示す。
[実施例24]
 ボール径1.2mmのボールペンのインクをインク収容部からシリンジで吸い出し、インク収容部にアセトンを注入して洗浄・乾燥を行った後、空となったインク収容部に分散組成物(S-20)を注入し、描画することによってガラス基板にせん断転写塗布を行い(図2参照)、ガラス基板への塗布性及び偏光吸収特性を評価した。ガラス基板への塗布性については、描画した線を実施例20と同様にして目視によりピンホール及びハジキの有無を観察して評価した。偏光吸収特性については、描画した線を偏光板を通して目視した際に、偏光板の回転により黒転を確認できた場合に偏光吸収特性「良好(○)」、黒転を確認できなかった場合に偏光吸収特性「不良(×)」と評価した。評価結果を下記表6に示す。
[Examples 21 to 23, 25, 26, Comparative Examples 5 to 7]
Various evaluations were carried out in the same manner as in Example 20 except that the type of the dispersion composition and the coating method on the substrate were changed as shown in Table 6 below. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6 below.
[Example 24]
The ink of a ballpoint pen having a ball diameter of 1.2 mm is sucked out from the ink containing portion with a syringe, acetone is injected into the ink containing portion to wash and dry the ink, and then the dispersion composition (S-20) is placed in the empty ink containing portion. ) Was injected and drawn, and shear transfer coating was performed on the glass substrate (see FIG. 2), and the coatability and polarization absorption characteristics on the glass substrate were evaluated. The applicability to the glass substrate was evaluated by visually observing the presence or absence of pinholes and cissing on the drawn lines in the same manner as in Example 20. Regarding the polarization absorption characteristics, when the drawn lines are visually observed through the polarizing plate, the polarization absorption characteristics are "good (○)" when the blackening can be confirmed by the rotation of the polarizing plate, and when the blackening cannot be confirmed. The polarization absorption characteristic was evaluated as "poor (x)". The evaluation results are shown in Table 6 below.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021

 表6中、塗布方法の詳細は以下の通りである。
転写塗布A:せん断塗布装置により、コーティングロールとドクターロールを順回転させてせん断塗布を行った。
転写塗布B:ボールペン型方式によりせん断塗布を行った。
転写塗布C:せん断塗布装置により、コーティングロールとドクターロールを逆回転させてせん断塗布を行った以外は転写塗布Aと同様にして行った。
転写塗布D:コーティングロール及びドクターロールを備えるせん断塗布装置に代えて、分散組成物をガラス基板上にバーコートによりせん断塗布し、得られた塗膜を別の基板に転写することにより塗膜を得た。
In Table 6, the details of the coating method are as follows.
Transfer coating A: Shear coating was performed by rotating the coating roll and the doctor roll in the forward direction using a shear coating device.
Transfer coating B: Shear coating was performed by a ballpoint pen type method.
Transfer coating C: The same as transfer coating A was performed except that the coating roll and the doctor roll were rotated in the reverse direction by the shear coating apparatus to perform shear coating.
Transfer coating D: Instead of a shear coating device provided with a coating roll and a doctor roll, the dispersion composition is shear-coated on a glass substrate by bar coating, and the obtained coating film is transferred to another substrate to form a coating film. Obtained.

 表6に示すように、リオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物を含む分散組成物を用いて、せん断転写塗布により異方性膜を形成することにより、導電異方性、偏光吸収特性、伝熱異方性及びデガス耐性の各種特性に優れた異方性膜を得ることができた(実施例20~26)。また、実施例20~26の異方性膜は、ガラス基板に対する塗布性、耐摩擦摩耗性についても優れていた。特に、回転体によりせん断転写塗布を行った実施例20~25は、全ての評価で「○」又は「△」であり、これらの中でも実施例20~22は、全ての評価で「○」であった。 As shown in Table 6, by forming an anisotropic film by shear transfer coating using a dispersion composition containing a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity, conduction anisotropy, polarization absorption characteristics, and heat transfer anisotropy are formed. And an anisotropic film having excellent various properties of degas resistance could be obtained (Examples 20 to 26). Further, the anisotropic films of Examples 20 to 26 were also excellent in coatability and abrasion resistance to the glass substrate. In particular, Examples 20 to 25 in which shear transfer coating was performed with a rotating body were "○" or "Δ" in all evaluations, and among these, Examples 20 to 22 were "○" in all evaluations. there were.

Claims (15)

 被分散体と、
 分散媒と、
 ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種であって、かつ下記式(1)で表されるジアミン化合物[D1]に由来する構造単位U1と、前記ジアミン化合物[D1]とは異なるジアミン化合物[D2]に由来する構造単位U2とを有する重合体[P]と、
を含有する、分散組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(式(1)中、nは0又は1である。nが0の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。nが1の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。)
With the dispersed body,
Dispersion medium and
A structural unit U1 that is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, and polyimide and is derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1), and the diamine compound [D1]. A polymer [P] having a structural unit U2 derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the above,
A dispersion composition containing.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(If in the formula (1), n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ~ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When n is 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest. Are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms or monovalent organic groups.)
 前記重合体[P]における前記構造単位U2の含有割合が、前記構造単位U1と前記構造単位U2との合計量に対して、1モル%以上80モル%以下である、請求項1に記載の分散組成物。 The first aspect of the present invention, wherein the content ratio of the structural unit U2 in the polymer [P] is 1 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less with respect to the total amount of the structural unit U1 and the structural unit U2. Dispersion composition.  前記ジアミン化合物[D2]は、下記式(2)で表される部分構造を有する、請求項1又は2に記載の分散組成物。
 *-L-R-R-R-R  …(2)
(式(2)中、Lは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COO-*、-OCO-*、-NR-、-NR-CO-*、-CO-NR-*、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基、-O-R-*、又は-R-O-*(ただし、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~10の1価の炭化水素基であり、Rは炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基である。「*」は、Rとの結合手であることを示す。)である。R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、置換若しくは無置換のフェニレン基、又は置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキレン基であり、Rは、単結合、置換若しくは無置換のフェニレン基、置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキレン基、又は-R-B-R-(ただし、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、置換又は無置換のフェニレン基又はシクロアルキレン基であり、Bは単結合、-O-、-COO-*、-OCO-*、-OCH-*、-CHO-*、又は炭素数1~3のアルカンジイル基である。「*」は、Rとの結合手であることを示す。)である。Rは、水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、CHCOO-*(「*」は、Rとの結合手であることを示す。)、炭素数1~18のアルキル基、炭素数1~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~18のフルオロアルコキシ基、ステロイド骨格を有する炭素数17~51の炭化水素基、又は、炭素数1~18のアルキル基が有する少なくとも1個の水素原子がシアノ基で置換された1価の基である。ただし、R、R及びRの全部が単結合である場合、Rは、炭素数6~18のアルキル基、炭素数6~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数6~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~18のフルオロアルコキシ基、ステロイド骨格を有する炭素数17~51の炭化水素基、又は、炭素数6~18のアルキル基が有する少なくとも1個の水素原子がシアノ基で置換された1価の基である。R、R及びRが有する置換又は無置換のフェニレン基と置換又は無置換のシクロアルキレン基との合計数が1個である場合、Rは、炭素数4~18のアルキル基、炭素数4~18のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数4~18のアルコキシ基、炭素数4~18のフルオロアルコキシ基、又は、炭素数4~18のアルキル基が有する少なくとも1個の水素原子がシアノ基で置換された1価の基である。「*」は結合手であることを示す。)
The dispersion composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the diamine compound [D2] has a partial structure represented by the following formula (2).
* -L 1- R 1- R 2- R 3- R 4 ... (2)
(In the formula (2), L 1 represents a single bond, -O -, - CO -, - COO- * 1, -OCO- * 1, -NR 5 -, - NR 5 -CO- * 1, -CO -NR 5- * 1 , alkanediyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -OR 6- * 1 , or -R 6 -O- * 1 (where R 5 is a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms It is a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and R 6 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. “* 1 ” indicates that it is a bond with R 1. ). R 1 and R. 3 is an independently single-bonded, substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group, and R 2 is a single-bonded, substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, substituted or unsubstituted. cycloalkylene group, or -R 7 -B 1 -R 8 - (provided that, R 7 and R 8 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group or a cycloalkylene group, B 1 is a single bond, -O-, -COO- * 2 , -OCO- * 2 , -OCH 2- * 2 , -CH 2 O- * 2 , or an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. "* 2 " is It indicates that it is a bond with R 8. ) R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and CH 3 COO- * 3 (“* 3 ” is a bond with R 3). An alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and a carbon number having a steroid skeleton. It is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom of a hydrocarbon group having 17 to 51 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with a cyano group, except that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are used. When all of the above are single bonds, R 4 is an alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and a fluoroalkoxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. , a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 17 to 51 having a steroid skeleton, or, .R 1 is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a cyano group of the alkyl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, When the total number of the substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group and the substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group of R 2 and R 3 is 1, R 4 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 4 carbon atoms. ~ 18 fluoroalkyl groups, 4-18 carbon atoms alkoxy It is a monovalent group in which at least one hydrogen atom of a group, a fluoroalkoxy group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms is substituted with a cyano group. "*" Indicates a bond. )
 前記ジアミン化合物[D2]は、芳香族ジアミンである、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の分散組成物。 The dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the diamine compound [D2] is an aromatic diamine.  前記重合体[P]は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラカルボン酸ジエステル化合物及びテトラカルボン酸ジエステルジハロゲン化物よりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種のテトラカルボン酸誘導体と、ジアミン化合物との反応生成物であり、
 前記テトラカルボン酸誘導体は、芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体である、請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の分散組成物。
The polymer [P] is a reaction product of at least one tetracarboxylic acid derivative selected from the group consisting of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic dianester compound and tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide, and a diamine compound. And
The dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the tetracarboxylic acid derivative is an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
 前記被分散体が、無機物粒子及び有機物粒子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の分散組成物。 The dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the dispersant is at least one selected from the group consisting of inorganic particles and organic particles.  前記被分散体は、棒状ナノ構造体及び棒状分子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の分散組成物。 The dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the dispersant is at least one selected from the group consisting of rod-shaped nanostructures and rod-shaped molecules.  前記被分散体は、金属粒子及び半金属粒子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の分散組成物。 The dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the dispersant is at least one selected from the group consisting of metal particles and semimetal particles.  ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種であって、かつ下記式(1)で表されるジアミン化合物[D1]に由来する構造単位U1と、前記ジアミン化合物[D1]とは異なるジアミン化合物[D2]に由来する構造単位U2とを有する重合体[P]を含有する、分散剤。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式(1)中、nは0又は1である。nが0の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。nが1の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。)
A structural unit U1 that is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, and polyimide and is derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1), and the diamine compound [D1]. A dispersant containing a polymer [P] having a structural unit U2 derived from a diamine compound [D2] different from the above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(If in the formula (1), n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ~ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When n is 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest. Are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms or monovalent organic groups.)
 被分散体と分散媒とリオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物とを含有する分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる工程と、
 前記保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写する工程と、
を含む、異方性膜の製造方法。
A step of holding a dispersion composition containing a dispersion to be dispersed, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of the retainer while applying shear stress.
The step of transferring the dispersion composition held on the surface of the retainer onto the substrate, and
A method for producing an anisotropic membrane, including.
 前記化合物は、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドよりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種の重合体である、請求項10に記載の異方性膜の製造方法。 The method for producing an anisotropic membrane according to claim 10, wherein the compound is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, and polyimide.  前記重合体は、下記式(1)で表されるジアミン化合物[D1]に由来する構造単位を有する、請求項11に記載の異方性膜の製造方法。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式(1)中、nは0又は1である。nが0の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。nが1の場合、R~Rのうち少なくとも一つは、イオン性官能基を有する1価の基であり、残りは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基である。)
The method for producing an anisotropic membrane according to claim 11, wherein the polymer has a structural unit derived from the diamine compound [D1] represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(If in the formula (1), n is 0 or 1 .n is zero, at least one of R 1 ~ R 4 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, the remainder, respectively Independently, it is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When n is 1, at least one of R 1 to R 8 is a monovalent group having an ionic functional group, and the rest. Are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms or monovalent organic groups.)
 前記被分散体が、無機物粒子及び有機物粒子よりなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項10~12のいずれか一項に記載の異方性膜の製造方法。 The method for producing an anisotropic membrane according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the dispersant is at least one selected from the group consisting of inorganic particles and organic particles.  請求項10~14のいずれか一項に記載の製造方法により得られた異方性膜。 An anisotropic membrane obtained by the production method according to any one of claims 10 to 14.  被分散体と分散媒とリオトロピック液晶性を示す化合物とを含有する分散組成物を、せん断応力をかけながら保持体表面に保持させる保持部と、
 前記保持体表面に保持された分散組成物を基材上に転写させる転写部と、
を備える、異方性膜形成装置。
A holding portion that holds a dispersion composition containing a dispersion to be dispersed, a dispersion medium, and a compound exhibiting lyotropic liquid crystallinity on the surface of the holding body while applying shear stress.
A transfer unit that transfers the dispersion composition held on the surface of the retainer onto the substrate, and
An anisotropic film forming apparatus.
PCT/JP2020/028280 2019-08-19 2020-07-21 Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and method for producing same, and apparatus for forming anisotropic film Ceased WO2021033482A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021540682A JP7730760B2 (en) 2019-08-19 2020-07-21 Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and its manufacturing method, and anisotropic film forming device
CN202080045162.0A CN114026178B (en) 2019-08-19 2020-07-21 Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and manufacturing method thereof, and anisotropic film forming apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-149938 2019-08-19
JP2019149938 2019-08-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021033482A1 true WO2021033482A1 (en) 2021-02-25

Family

ID=74660813

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/028280 Ceased WO2021033482A1 (en) 2019-08-19 2020-07-21 Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and method for producing same, and apparatus for forming anisotropic film

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7730760B2 (en)
CN (1) CN114026178B (en)
TW (1) TWI864056B (en)
WO (1) WO2021033482A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022176905A1 (en) * 2021-02-18 2022-08-25 Jsr株式会社 Dispersion composition and dispersant
JPWO2023167326A1 (en) * 2022-03-03 2023-09-07
WO2023238765A1 (en) * 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Jsr Corporation Method for producing vertical organic light-emitting transistor device, display
WO2023238530A1 (en) * 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Jsr株式会社 Method for producing electroconductive film, touch panel, display panel
WO2024071343A1 (en) * 2022-09-29 2024-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, liquid crystal film, film, display device, and dispersant
WO2025057653A1 (en) * 2023-09-11 2025-03-20 Jsr株式会社 Method for manufacturing electroconductive film, touch panel, and display panel
WO2025206316A1 (en) * 2024-03-29 2025-10-02 Ube株式会社 Aqueous dispersion containing polyamic acid/carbon nanotube

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115466341B (en) * 2022-09-26 2024-12-20 新乡市瑞丰新材料股份有限公司 Ashless dispersant and preparation method thereof

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4934822B2 (en) * 1971-05-11 1974-09-18
JP2005538151A (en) * 2002-09-05 2005-12-15 ディービーエル・オーストラリア・プロプライアタリー・リミテッド Urea-, glycerate- and hydroxyamide-headed hydrocarbon chain lyotropic phase-forming surfactants
JP2006520750A (en) * 2003-03-21 2006-09-14 イーファック・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング・ウント・コンパニー・コマンディートゲゼルシャフト MSSN dispersion and method for producing the same
JP2006525225A (en) * 2003-05-07 2006-11-09 イーファック・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング・ウント・コンパニー・コマンディートゲゼルシャフト Composition for targeted release of fragrances and aromas
WO2007052739A1 (en) * 2005-11-04 2007-05-10 Kyushu University, National University Corporation Solubilization of carbon nanotube using aromatic polyimide
JP2007181789A (en) * 2006-01-10 2007-07-19 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial & Technology Emulsifier or solubilizer
JP2007231127A (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-09-13 Tokyo Univ Of Science Liquid crystal compound-carbon nanotube composite material and method for producing the composite material
WO2009066952A1 (en) * 2007-11-23 2009-05-28 Dongjin Semichem Co., Ltd. Monomer for proton-conducting polymer having acid group in side chain thereof, proton-conducting polymer prepared using the monomer, method of preparing the proton-conducting polymer, electrolyte membrane comprising the proton-conducting polymer, and membrane-electrode assembly including the electrolyte
JP2009139806A (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-25 Nitto Denko Corp Method for producing liquid crystalline coating liquid
JP2011231281A (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-17 Tokyo Metropolitan Univ Polyimide resin and use thereof
WO2018162156A1 (en) * 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Electrodes comprising metal introduced into a solid-state electrolyte

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006281189A (en) * 2005-04-04 2006-10-19 Mikuni Denshi Kk Ink jet coating solution and drying method
JP4934822B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2012-05-23 国立大学法人山梨大学 Polyimide resin and electrolyte membrane
JP2008297351A (en) * 2007-05-29 2008-12-11 Nitto Denko Corp Dispersant, resin composition manufacturing method and polyimide resin molded product manufacturing method
JP2010072521A (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-04-02 Hitachi Displays Ltd Polarizer, and liquid crystal display device
CN102445790B (en) * 2010-10-06 2016-05-18 株式会社日本显示器 Alignment film, composition for forming alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP5728681B2 (en) * 2011-02-14 2015-06-03 地方独立行政法人大阪府立産業技術総合研究所 Nanocarbon-dispersed polyimide solution and composite material produced using the same
JP2013154337A (en) * 2012-02-01 2013-08-15 Ube Industries Ltd Carbon nanotube dispersant comprising polyamic acid
JP5912996B2 (en) * 2012-08-23 2016-04-27 東芝機械株式会社 Transfer device
JP6179261B2 (en) * 2012-11-07 2017-08-16 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN103554533B (en) * 2013-10-27 2016-08-17 福建师范大学 A kind of Corona-resistant polyimide/silica nano composite film and preparation method thereof
JP6375774B2 (en) * 2013-11-15 2018-08-22 Jsr株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, substrate for liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display element
JP7092029B2 (en) * 2017-07-07 2022-06-28 東レ株式会社 Resin composition, laminate and its manufacturing method, electrodes, secondary batteries and electric double layer capacitors
JP6950307B2 (en) * 2017-07-10 2021-10-13 富士フイルムビジネスイノベーション株式会社 Particle-dispersed polyimide precursor solution, method for producing porous polyimide film, and porous polyimide film
CN109929129A (en) * 2019-04-04 2019-06-25 长安大学 A kind of carboxylic carbon nano-tube/polyimide composite film and preparation method thereof

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4934822B2 (en) * 1971-05-11 1974-09-18
JP2005538151A (en) * 2002-09-05 2005-12-15 ディービーエル・オーストラリア・プロプライアタリー・リミテッド Urea-, glycerate- and hydroxyamide-headed hydrocarbon chain lyotropic phase-forming surfactants
JP2006520750A (en) * 2003-03-21 2006-09-14 イーファック・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング・ウント・コンパニー・コマンディートゲゼルシャフト MSSN dispersion and method for producing the same
JP2006525225A (en) * 2003-05-07 2006-11-09 イーファック・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング・ウント・コンパニー・コマンディートゲゼルシャフト Composition for targeted release of fragrances and aromas
WO2007052739A1 (en) * 2005-11-04 2007-05-10 Kyushu University, National University Corporation Solubilization of carbon nanotube using aromatic polyimide
JP2007181789A (en) * 2006-01-10 2007-07-19 National Institute Of Advanced Industrial & Technology Emulsifier or solubilizer
JP2007231127A (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-09-13 Tokyo Univ Of Science Liquid crystal compound-carbon nanotube composite material and method for producing the composite material
WO2009066952A1 (en) * 2007-11-23 2009-05-28 Dongjin Semichem Co., Ltd. Monomer for proton-conducting polymer having acid group in side chain thereof, proton-conducting polymer prepared using the monomer, method of preparing the proton-conducting polymer, electrolyte membrane comprising the proton-conducting polymer, and membrane-electrode assembly including the electrolyte
JP2009139806A (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-25 Nitto Denko Corp Method for producing liquid crystalline coating liquid
JP2011231281A (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-17 Tokyo Metropolitan Univ Polyimide resin and use thereof
WO2018162156A1 (en) * 2017-03-09 2018-09-13 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Electrodes comprising metal introduced into a solid-state electrolyte

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NAKAJIMA NAOTOSHI ET AL.: "Solubilization technologies of carbon nanotubes", NIPPON GOMU KYOKAISHI, vol. 89, no. 1, 2016, pages 3 - 9, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/gomu/89/1/89_3/pdf> *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022176905A1 (en) * 2021-02-18 2022-08-25 Jsr株式会社 Dispersion composition and dispersant
JPWO2023167326A1 (en) * 2022-03-03 2023-09-07
WO2023167326A1 (en) * 2022-03-03 2023-09-07 Ube株式会社 Polyimide precursor for display substrate, polyimide film for display substrate, and display substrate
WO2023238765A1 (en) * 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Jsr Corporation Method for producing vertical organic light-emitting transistor device, display
WO2023238530A1 (en) * 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Jsr株式会社 Method for producing electroconductive film, touch panel, display panel
WO2024071343A1 (en) * 2022-09-29 2024-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, liquid crystal film, film, display device, and dispersant
WO2025057653A1 (en) * 2023-09-11 2025-03-20 Jsr株式会社 Method for manufacturing electroconductive film, touch panel, and display panel
WO2025206316A1 (en) * 2024-03-29 2025-10-02 Ube株式会社 Aqueous dispersion containing polyamic acid/carbon nanotube

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114026178B (en) 2024-01-30
TW202110957A (en) 2021-03-16
JPWO2021033482A1 (en) 2021-02-25
JP7730760B2 (en) 2025-08-28
TWI864056B (en) 2024-12-01
CN114026178A (en) 2022-02-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7730760B2 (en) Dispersion composition, dispersant, anisotropic film and its manufacturing method, and anisotropic film forming device
JP5061709B2 (en) Composition for liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN107614483B (en) Diamine and its utilization
CN101925851B (en) Liquid-crystal alignment material and liquid-crystal display element
TWI446021B (en) Overcoat film composition, color filter substrate, and liquid crystal display element
JP5109979B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
CN102084287B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element using same
CN104115057B (en) Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display cells
JP6428634B2 (en) Polyimide composition, alignment film formed using said polyimide composition, and optical element
JP5633714B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2022176905A1 (en) Dispersion composition and dispersant
CN102859426B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film produced using same, and liquid crystal display element
JP7632448B2 (en) Dispersion Composition and Dispersant
TWI770018B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP5219233B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent
CN102858850B (en) Diamine compound, liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5298398B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2012150503A (en) Composition for liquid crystal alignment layer, liquid crystal alignment layer, and liquid crystal display element
JP2006176543A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent
TW200420982A (en) Liquid crystal alignment layer forming method
CN107683427B (en) Alignment film and composition for alignment film
JP6433875B2 (en) Tethered organic siloxy network film composition
CN105087020A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20855552

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021540682

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20855552

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1